WO2025029700A1 - Vlp enteroviral vaccines - Google Patents

Abstract

Aspects of the disclosure relate to compositions of messenger RNA vaccines and methods of administration thereof. Compositions provided herein include one or more RNA polynucleotides having an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and a protease. Compositions provided herein include one or more RNA polynucleotides having an open reading frame encoding an active product that modulates the expression, structure or function of at least one other RNA or product thereof. Compositions and methods provided herein relate to therapeutic treatment of gastrointestinal disease.

Description

VLP ENTEROVIRAL VACCINES CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims the benefit of the filing date under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) of U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 63/516,467, filed July 28, 2023. The entire teachings of the referenced U.S. Provisional Application are incorporated herein by reference. BACKGROUND Enterovirus B viruses (including echoviruses, coxsackievirus A/B, and Enteroviruses), members of the Picornaviridae family of positive-sense, single-stranded RNA viruses, are known to cause acute and persistent infections that contribute to chronic illness in humans. Recent findings have shown that pediatric and adult inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) patients display elevated enterovirus B levels in intestinal resection tissue. Vaccination is an effective way to provide prophylactic protection against infectious diseases, including, but not limited to, viral, bacterial, and/or parasitic diseases, such as influenza, hepatitis virus infection, cholera, malaria and tuberculosis, and many other diseases. However, developing vaccines targeting some Enteroviruses has proven difficult, at least in part because regions of conservation that would otherwise be appropriate for targeting are hidden on the interphase of the Enterovirus particle, while the difficult to target, highly variable regions are exposed on the surface of the Enterovirus particle. SUMMARY Described herein are compositions and methods of nucleic acid vaccines. In particular, described herein are compositions and methods of nucleic acid vaccines (e.g., mRNA vaccines). In some aspects, immunogenic compositions for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) or Crohn’s Disease in a subject are contemplated herein. In some embodiments, the immunogenic composition comprises: (i) a messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease; (ii) an mRNA comprising an ORF encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein, wherein the capsid polyprotein comprises a viral P1 precursor polyprotein; and (iii)a lipid nanoparticle (LNP). In some embodiments, the Enterovirus 3C protease is from an Enterovirus serotype associated with IBD or Crohn’s Disease. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus serotype is Echovirus 5 (E5), Echovirus 26 (E26), Enterovirus-B75 (EV-B75), Echovirus 6 (E6), Echovirus 11 (E11), Echovirus 18 (E18), or Echovirus 30 (E30). In some embodiments, the Enterovirus serotype is E5 and optionally, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8 or wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus serotype is E26 and optionally, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14 or wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus serotype is EV-B75 and optionally, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20 or wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus serotype is E6 or E11 and optionally, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 89 or wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 89. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus serotype is E18 and optionally, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 90 or wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 90. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus serotype is E30 and optionally wherein the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is from an Enterovirus serotype associated with IBD or Crohn’s Disease or wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E5, E26, or EV-B75, E6, E11, E18, or E30. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus serotype is E5 and optionally, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5 or wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus serotype is E26 and optionally, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11 or wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus serotype is EV-B75 and optionally, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17 or wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus serotype is E6 and optionally, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 88 or wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 88. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus serotype is E11 and optionally, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 85 or wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 85. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus serotype is E18 and optionally, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 86 or wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 86. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus serotype is E30 and optionally, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 87 or wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 87. In some embodiments, the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises two or more capsid proteins and has a cleavage site specific for a viral protease between the two or more capsid proteins. In some embodiments, the two or more capsid proteins comprise two or more of viral protein 0 (VP0), viral protein 1 (VP1), and viral protein 3 (VP3). In some embodiments, VP0 further comprises viral protein 2 (VP2) and viral protein 4 (VP4), and wherein VP2 and VP4 comprise a cleavage site for capsid maturation. In some embodiments, the subject is a human. In some embodiments, the human is an infant. In some embodiments, the capsid proteins form a protomer. In some embodiments, the protomers form a pentamer. In some embodiments, the pentamers form a virus-like particle (VLP). In some embodiments, the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor polyprotein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease (P1:3CD) are present in one of the following ratios: 20:1, 10:1, 8:1, 7:1, 5:1, 4:1, 3:1, 2:1, or 1:1. In some embodiments, the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor protein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease is 10:1. In some embodiments, the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor protein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease is 8:1. In some embodiments, the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor protein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease is 4:1. In some embodiments, the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor polyprotein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding Enterovirus 3C protease is 2:1. In some embodiments, the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor protein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease is 1:1. In some embodiments, the VLP comprises Neutralizing Immunogenic (NIm) sites. In some embodiments, the LNP comprises an ionizable amino lipid, a PEG-modified lipid, a structural lipid and a phospholipid. In some embodiments, the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor polyprotein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease are co- formulated in at least one LNP. In some embodiments, the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor polyprotein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease are each formulated in separate LNPs. In some embodiments, the LNP comprises an ionizable amino lipid, a sterol, neutral lipid, and a PEG-modified lipid. In some embodiments, the mRNA comprises at least one chemical modification. In some embodiments, the mRNA comprises at least one 1-methyl-pseudouridine. In some embodiments, all uridine residues in the mRNA sequence are replaced with 1- methyl-pseudouridine. In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid has the structure:

or a salt thereof, wherein: R₁ is selected from the group consisting of C_5-30 alkyl, C_5-20 alkenyl, and -R”M’R’; R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C1-14 alkyl and C2-14 alkenyl; R4 is -(CH2)nQ, wherein Q is -OR, and n is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R₅ is H; each R6 is H; M and M’ are independently selected from -C(O)O- and -OC(O)-; R₇ is H; R is H; R’ is selected from the group consisting of C1-18 alkyl and C2-18 alkenyl; R” is selected from the group consisting of C_3-14 alkyl and C_3-14 alkenyl; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13. In some aspects, methods comprising administering to a subject an immunogenic composition disclosed herein in an effective amount for treating or delaying the onset of IBD or Crohn’s Disease in the subject. In some aspects, methods of treating, or delaying the onset of, Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD) or Crohn’s Disease are contemplated herein. In some embodiments, the method comprises administering to a subject an immunogenic composition comprising: (i) a messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding an Enterovirus protease; and (ii) a messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) comprising an ORF encoding a capsid polyprotein comprising a precursor protein, wherein the precursor protein comprises two or more capsid proteins and has a cleavage site specific for the protease between the two or more capsid proteins, in an amount effective to treat, or to delay the onset of, IBD or Chron’s Disease in the subject. In some embodiments, the subject is a human, optionally an infant. In some embodiments, the immune response comprises a binding antibody titer to a species of the Enterovirus genus. In some embodiments, the immune response includes a neutralizing antibody titer to a species of the Enterovirus genus. In some embodiments, the immune response includes a T cell response to a species of the Enterovirus genus. In some embodiments, the species of the Enterovirus is Echovirus 5 (E5), Echovirus 26 (E26, Enterovirus B75 (B75), Echovirus 6 (E6), Echovirus 11 (E11), Echovirus 18 (E18), and/or Echovirus 30 (E30). In some embodiments, the mRNA of (i) further comprise a composition comprising at least one LNP. In some embodiments, the mRNA of (ii) further comprises a composition comprising at least one LNP. In some embodiments, the mRNA of (i) is administered to the subject at the same time as the mRNA of (ii). In some embodiments, the mRNA of (i) and (ii) further comprise at least one LNP. In some embodiments, the mRNA of (i) and (ii) further comprise two LNPs. Each of the limitations of the disclosure can encompass various embodiments of the disclosure. It is, therefore, anticipated that each of the limitations of the disclosure involving any one element or combinations of elements can be included in each aspect of the disclosure. This disclosure is not limited in its application to the details of construction and the arrangement of components set forth in the following description or illustrated in the drawings. The disclosure is capable of other embodiments and of being practiced or of being carried out in various ways. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF DRAWINGS The accompanying drawings are not intended to be drawn to scale. In the drawings, each identical or nearly identical component that is illustrated in various figures is represented by a like numeral. For purposes of clarity, not every component may be labeled in every drawing. In the drawings: FIGs. 1A-1B show a relative scale of capsid proteins and a vaccine approach. FIG. 1A is a schematic depicting the relative scale of capsid proteins (VP1, VP2, VP3, and VP4) and non- structural proteins (2A, 2B, 2C, 3A, 3B, 3C, and 3D). Protease cleavage sites on the polyproteins (P1, P2, and P3) are indicated by inverted triangles. FIG. 1B is a schematic depicting an EV-B vaccine approach of co-expression of P1 and 3CDPRO to generate immunogenic VLPs. A protomer (comprising of VP0, VP3, VP1) assembles into a pentamer (comprising of VP0, VP3, VP1)5 which assembles further into a procapsid VLP structure (comprising of [(VP0, VP3, VP1)5]12. FIGs. 2A-2B show that Echovirus E5 P1 is efficiently processed by E5, E26, and B75 3CD proteases (3CD_pro). 293T cells were transfected with different ratios of EV-P1 & 3CDpromRNA. Lysates were probed for enterovirus-specific (E5) VP3 by western blot. FIGs. 3A-3B show a glutathione (GSH) VLP pulldown assay, which is an indicator of VLP formation. FIG. 3A shows a schematic of a glutathione (GSH) VLP pulldown assay. FIG. 3B shows a Western blot from cell lysates resulting from a GSH VLP pulldown assay. Cell lysates from co-transfection of mRNA P1E5/P1E26and 3 different 3CD proteases (E53CDpro, E263CDpro, and B753CDpro) were probed for enterovirus-specific (E5) VP3 by western blot. FIGs. 4A-4B show purification fractions of VLPs following co-transfections with P1 and 3CD mRNA and subsequent electron microscopy (EM) of VLP formation. FIG. 4A shows Q Sepharose column purification fractions (P1, P2, and P3) of Expi293 cells were co-transfected with E5P1 (0.4mg) + E53CD (0.1mg) supernatant (left graph) and E26P1 (0.4mg) + E263CD (0.1mg) supernatant (right graph). FIG. 4B shows electron microscopy of resulting purification fractions. Both E5 P1 + 3CD mRNA and E26 P1 + 3CD mRNA generate VLPs as indicated by yellow arrows. FIGs. 5A-5C detail a mouse study evaluating immunogenicity of co-dose of E5 P1 + E5 3CD protease mRNA. FIG. 5A shows a schematic illustrates the vaccine regimen. Dose 1 is delivered at Day 1 (d1), day 21 (d21) serum and feces samples are obtained, Dose 2 is delivered at Day 22 (d22), and Day 36 (d36) serum and feces samples are obtained. FIG. 5B shows neutralization of echovirus 5 (E5) IC50 resulting from vaccination with various P1:3CD ratios (1:1, 2:1, 4:1, and 8:1) in Day 36 serum. P1 alone and PBS alone were used as controls. FIG. 5C shows neutralization of echovirus 5 (E5) IC₅₀ in day 21 serum, day 36 serum, and day 36 feces samples (2:1 ratio). FIG. 6 shows a schematic of neonatal vaccination/infection regimen testing E5 P1 and E5 3CD protease mRNA vaccine followed by (therapeutic) or preceding (prophylactic) E5 infection. Similar experiments to be performed in adult mice. FIG. 7 shows that P1 of dominant EBV serotypes process efficiently FIGs. 8A-8E shows that Echovirus 5 mRNA vaccine prevents E5 infection-induced death. DETAILED DESCRIPTION It is of great interest in the fields of therapeutics, diagnostics, reagents and for biological assays to be able design, synthesize and deliver a nucleic acid, e.g., a ribonucleic acid (RNA) inside a cell, whether in vitro, in vivo, in situ or ex vivo, such as to effect physiologic outcomes which are beneficial to the cell, tissue or organ and ultimately to an organism. One beneficial outcome is to cause intracellular translation of the nucleic acid and production of at least one encoded peptide or polypeptide of interest. Virus-like particles (VLPs) are spherical particles that closely resemble live viruses in structural characteristics and antigenicity. However, VLPs are distinguished from live viruses in that VLPs do not comprise any viral genetic material and are therefore non-infective. Due to their antigenic, yet non-infective nature, there is an increased interest in exploring the application of VLPs in vaccinations. Currently, the majority of VLPs are generated using recombinant or cloning strategies. A VLP may be a self-assembled particle. Non-limiting examples of self-assembled VLPs and methods of making the self-assembled VLPs are described in International Patent Publication No. WO2013122262, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. VLPs are formed from the assembly of structural viral proteins (e.g., envelope and/or capsid proteins). The size and morphology of a VLP depends, at least in part, on the particular structural viral proteins that are incorporated into the particle upon assembly. A VLP assembled from the structural viral proteins of an enveloped virus may comprise, for example, one or more envelope proteins and one or more capsid proteins. A VLP assembled from the structural viral proteins of a non-enveloped virus may comprise, for example, one or more capsid proteins. Multiple capsid proteins may be assembled by co-expression of the capsid proteins from bicistronic or multicistronic vectors in the same cell. Although attempts have been made to produce VLPs that mimic viruses from the Enterovirus genus, including expressing viral structural proteins on different vectors within the same cell and/or designing fusion proteins of viral structural proteins with chaperone proteins, the resulting VLPs do not form properly such that they fail to mimic the morphology of an Enterovirus VLP. Quite surprisingly, the inventors have discovered, according to aspects of the invention, that multiple RNAs can be delivered such that one of the RNAs produces a protein which acts on the other RNA or protein produced by the RNA thus achieving a complex physiological process within the cell. For instance, in some cases a complex structure such as a VLP may be assembled properly from one or more capsid precursor polyproteins which are expressed and subsequently processed in a cell from messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) that is delivered in lipid nanoparticles (LNPs). For instance, the inventors identified that compositions comprising a mRNA comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and a mRNA comprising an ORF encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease are sufficient for the formation of a virus-like particle. In some aspects, the compositions are formulated into one or more lipid nanoparticles. The inventors have also discovered, according to aspects of the invention methods comprising administering an immunogenic composition comprising a mRNA comprising an ORF encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and optionally a mRNA comprising an ORF encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease in an amount effective to induce in the subject an immune response against a viral infection from a member of the Enterovirus genus. Enterovirus B viruses, tropic to the intestine, contribute to the risk of gastrointestinal disease-onset and/or phenotypes of gastrointestinal disease (e.g., Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD) and/or Crohn’s Disease (CD) and/or ulcerative colitis (UC)). The inventors have further surprisingly discovered that the immunogenic compositions and methods of the present invention can be used for therapeutic treatment of and/or prophylactic protection against gastrointestinal diseases, including but not limited to IBD, CD, and/or UC, associated with viral infections from a member of the Enterovirus genus. Further aspects of the disclosure relate to compositions in which two or more mRNAs are delivered to a subject, wherein the mRNA encode at least a first and second product that are able to interact and achieve an end result in the body. In the example above, one product is a precursor protein or polyprotein (substrate) and the other is an enzyme. In other words the first product is an active protein and that active protein can modulate the expression, structure, or activity of the second mRNA and/or the second product. The two products may be a substrate enzyme pair. Alternatively the first product may be a binding protein that influences the second mRNA translation process or the function of the second product. Described herein are compositions comprising one or more polynucleotides encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein. As such the present invention is directed, in part, to polynucleotides, specifically messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) comprising an open reading frame encoding one or more Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or components thereof. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises two or more capsid proteins and has a cleavage site specific for a viral protease between the two or more capsid proteins. Further described herein are compositions comprising one or more polynucleotides encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease. As such the present invention is directed, in part, to polynucleotides, specifically mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease. Further described herein are compositions comprising one or more polynucleotides encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and one or more polynucleotides encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease. As such the present invention is directed, in part, to polynucleotides, specifically a mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and a mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease. In some embodiments, an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is an Echovirus 5 (E5) polyprotein. In some embodiments, an Enterovirus 3C protease is an Echovirus 5 (E5) protease. In some embodiments, an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is an Echovirus 26 (E26) polyprotein. In some embodiments, an Enterovirus 3C protease is an Echovirus 26 (E26) protease. In some embodiments, an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is an Enterovirus-B75 (B75) polyprotein. In some embodiments, an Enterovirus 3C protease is an Enterovirus-B75 (B75) protease. In some embodiments, an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is an Echovirus 6 (E6) polyprotein. In some embodiments, an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is an Echovirus 11 (E11) polyprotein. In some embodiments, an Enterovirus 3C protease is an Echovirus 11 (E11) protease. In some embodiments, an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is an Echovirus 18 (E18) polyprotein. In some embodiments, an Enterovirus 3C protease is an Echovirus 18 (E18) protease. In some embodiments, an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is an Echovirus 30 (E30) polyprotein. In some embodiments of the present invention, a precursor polyprotein is a capsid polyprotein. In some embodiments, the capsid polyprotein is an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is a viral P1 precursor polyprotein. An Enterovirus capsid polyprotein may be encoded by a single ribonucleic acid (RNA) molecule, which can be a bicistronic molecule encoding two separate polypeptide chains or can be a polycistronic molecule encoding three separate polypeptide chains (FIG. 1A). Such an RNA molecule may contain a signal sequence between the two or three coding sequences such that two or three separate polypeptides would be produced in the translation process. Alternatively, the RNA molecule may include a sequence coding for a cleavage site (e.g., a protease cleavage site) in between the capsid proteins such that it produces a single capsid polyprotein, which can be processed via cleavage at the cleavage site to produce the two or more separate capsid proteins. Alternatively, the capsid proteins may be encoded by two or three separate RNA molecules. In some embodiments, a capsid polyprotein comprises two or more capsid proteins. In some embodiments, the two or more capsid proteins comprise two or more of a viral protein 0 (VP0), viral protein 1 (VP1), and viral protein 3 (VP3). In some embodiments, the viral protein 0 (VP0) further comprises viral protein 2 (VP2) and viral protein 4 (VP4). A capsid polyprotein comprising two or more capsid proteins may further comprise one or more cleavage sites specific for a viral protease. For example, in some embodiments of the present invention, a precursor polyprotein comprises two or more capsid proteins and has a cleavage site specific for a viral protease between the two or more capsid proteins. In some embodiments, there is a cleavage site specific for a viral protease between one or more of VP0, VP1, and VP3. A capsid polyprotein may further comprise a cleavage site for capsid maturation. In some embodiments, a capsid polyprotein that comprises VP0, further comprises VP2 and VP4, wherein VP2 and VP4 comprise a cleavage site for capsid maturation (FIG. 1A). In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is specific to an Echovirus species. In some embodiments, the Echovirus species is Echovirus 5 (E5). In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises a nucleotide sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 3. In some embodiments, the nucleotide sequence of the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises SEQ ID NO: 3. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 5. In some embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises SEQ ID NO: 5. In some embodiments, the Echovirus species is Echovirus 26 (E26). In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises a nucleotide sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 10. In some embodiments, the nucleotide sequence of the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises SEQ ID NO: 10. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 11. In some embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises SEQ ID NO: 11. In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is specific to an Enterovirus B virus. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus B virus is Enterovirus B75 (B75). In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises a nucleotide sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 16. In some embodiments, the nucleotide sequence of the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises SEQ ID NO: 16. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 17. In some embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises SEQ ID NO: 17. In some embodiments, the Echovirus species is Echovirus 6 (E6). In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises a nucleotide sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 67. In some embodiments, the nucleotide sequence of the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises SEQ ID NO: 67. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 88. In some embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises SEQ ID NO: 88. In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is specific to an Echovirus species. In some embodiments, the Echovirus species is Echovirus 11 (E11). In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises a nucleotide sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 63. In some embodiments, the nucleotide sequence of the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises SEQ ID NO: 63. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 85. In some embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises SEQ ID NO: 85. In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is specific to an Echovirus species. In some embodiments, the Echovirus species is Echovirus 18 (E18). In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises a nucleotide sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 64. In some embodiments, the nucleotide sequence of the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises SEQ ID NO: 64. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 86. In some embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises SEQ ID NO: 86. In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is specific to an Echovirus species. In some embodiments, the Echovirus species is Echovirus 30 (E30). In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises a nucleotide sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 65. In some embodiments, the nucleotide sequence of the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises SEQ ID NO: 65. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 87. In some embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein comprises SEQ ID NO: 87. Prior to assembly of a VLP, a capsid polyprotein may be processed or cleaved by a non- structural viral protein (e.g., a viral protease). As used herein, a viral protease refers to a protease that may recognize a cleavage site specific for a viral protease between one or more capsid proteins within a capsid polyprotein. In some embodiments, the viral protease is an Enterovirus 3C (3CD) protease. The viral protease 3CD is part of non-structural polyprotein P3 (FIG. 1A). The viral protease 3CD may be cleaved into 3C and 3D. An Enterovirus 3C protease can be supplied by 3C or 3CD. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus 3C protease is supplied by 3C. In some embodiments, the 3C protease is supplied by 3CD. In some embodiments, the 3CD protease is specific to a species in the genus Enterovirus. In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease (3CD) is specific to an Echovirus species. In some embodiments, the Echovirus species is Echovirus 5 (E5). In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding a 3CD comprises a nucleotide sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 7. In some embodiments, the nucleotide sequence of the mRNA encoding the 3CD comprises SEQ ID NO: 7. In some embodiments, the 3CD protease comprises an amino acid sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 8. In some embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the 3CD protease comprises SEQ ID NO: 8. In some embodiments, the Echovirus is Echovirus 26 (E26). In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding a 3CD comprises a nucleotide sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 13. In some embodiments, the nucleotide sequence of the mRNA encoding the 3CD comprises SEQ ID NO: 13. In some embodiments, the 3CD protease comprises an amino acid sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 14. In some embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the 3CD protease comprises SEQ ID NO: 14. In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease (3CD) is specific to an Enterovirus species. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus species is Enterovirus B75 (B75). In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding a 3CD comprises a nucleotide sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 19. In some embodiments, the nucleotide sequence of the mRNA encoding the 3CD comprises SEQ ID NO: 19. In some embodiments, the 3CD protease comprises an amino acid sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 20. In some embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the 3CD protease comprises SEQ ID NO: 20. In some embodiments, the Echovirus is Echovirus 11 (E11). In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding a 3CD comprises a nucleotide sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 83. In some embodiments, the nucleotide sequence of the mRNA encoding the 3CD comprises SEQ ID NO: 83. In some embodiments, the 3CD protease comprises an amino acid sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 89. In some embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the 3CD protease comprises SEQ ID NO: 89. In some embodiments, the Echovirus is Echovirus 18 (E18). In some embodiments, the mRNA encoding a 3CD comprises a nucleotide sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 84. In some embodiments, the nucleotide sequence of the mRNA encoding the 3CD comprises SEQ ID NO: 84. In some embodiments, the 3CD protease comprises an amino acid sequence sharing at least 80%, at least 81%, at least 82%, at least 83%, at least 84%, at least 85%, at least 86%, at least 87%, at least 88%, at least 89%, at least 90%, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% identity with SEQ ID NO: 90. In some embodiments, the amino acid sequence of the 3CD protease comprises SEQ ID NO: 90.According to the present invention, the polynucleotides are described in compositions wherein the polynucleotides encoding one or more Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or Enterovirus 3C protease thereof are present in a composition in a specific ratio. As used herein, a “ratio” describes the proportion of an Enterovirus 3C protease to an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein that is capable of producing a VLP. In some embodiments, a ratio refers to a molar ratio. In some embodiments, a ratio refers to a mass ratio. In some embodiments, the ratio of an mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease to a mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is at least 20:1, at least 10:1, at least 8:1, at least 7:1, at least 5:1, at least 4:1, at least 3:1, at least 2:1, or at least 1:1. In some embodiments, the ratio of an mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease to a mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is 10:1 or about 10:1. In some embodiments, the ratio of an mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease to a mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is 8:1 or about 8:1. In some embodiments, the ratio of an mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease to a mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is 4:1 or about 4:1. In some embodiments, the ratio of an mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease to a mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is 2:1 or about 2:1. In some embodiments, the polynucleotides encoding one or more Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or Enterovirus 3C protease thereof are present in a composition in a ratio such that the capsid proteins form a protomer. In some embodiments, the protomers form a pentamer. In some embodiments, the pentamers form a VLP (FIG. 1B). Neutralizing antibodies can be produced against surface-exposed regions of viral particles. For example, in some Enterovirus species, the viral protein VP1 is the most surface- exposed of the viral proteins and is therefore the most immunogenic viral protein. Neutralizing antibodies are often directed towards Neutralizing Immunogenic (NIm) sites on viral particles. The amino acid sequences of NIm sites are highly variable between viral serotypes. Although viral particles comprise highly-conserved regions, such highly-conserved regions are usually buried on the inside of the viral particle and are not accessible to neutralizing antibodies. In some embodiments of the present invention, the VLP comprises Neutralizing Immunogenic (NIm) sites. In some embodiments, compositions of the present invention are formulated in at least one lipid nanoparticle. In some embodiments, compositions of the present invention are formulated in two lipid nanoparticles. The polynucleotides and/or compositions of the present invention are useful in assembling VLPs that mimic virus or a viral particle and trigger an immunogenic response when administered to a subject. Species of Enterovirus that infect humans are responsible for more severe symptoms and diseases. For example, viruses from the Enterovirus B (e.g., Echovirus 5 (E5), Echovirus 26 (E26), and Enterovirus-B75 (B75)) have been linked to gastrointestinal diseases including but not limited to inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) and Crohn’s disease. In some embodiments of the present invention, an Enterovirus is Echovirus 5 (E5). In some embodiments of the present invention, an Enterovirus is Echovirus 26 (E26). In some embodiments of the present invention, an Enterovirus is Enterovirus-B75 (B75). Examples of viruses which may be immunized against using the compositions or constructs of the present invention include, but are not limited to, members of the species Enterovirus B, formerly named Human Enterovirus B. For example, virus which may be immunized against using the compositions or constructs of the present invention include, but are not limited to echovirus E5, E26, and enterovirus B75). The compositions of the present disclosure may be designed as a single prophylactic therapeutic that immunizes a subject against a variety of pathogenic strains of Enterovirus. In some embodiments, the compositions of the present disclosure protect a subject against the onset of gastrointestinal diseases (e.g., IBD, CD, and/or UC) associated with Enterovirus infection. The compositions of the present disclosure may be designed as a therapeutic treatment that protects a subject against the progression of gastrointestinal disease (e.g., IBD, CD, and/or UC) associated with Enterovirus infection. In some aspects, a method of the present disclosure comprises administering to a subject an immunogenic composition described herein. As used herein, an “immunogenic composition” refers to a composition comprising an mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding a protease and an mRNA comprising an open reading frame encoding a capsid polyprotein comprising a precursor protein, wherein the precursor protein comprises two or more capsids and has a cleavage site specific for the protease between the two or more capsids, in an effective amount to induce in the subject an immune response against a viral infection from a member of the Enterovirus genus. An immune response includes a binding antibody titer to a species of Enterovirus B. In some embodiments, an immune response includes a binding antibody titer to a human echovirus species of virus (e.g., Echovirus 5 (E5) or Echovirus 26 (E26)). In some embodiments, an immune response includes a binding antibody titer to a human Enterovirus species of virus (e.g., Enterovirus-B75 (B75)). An immune response further includes a neutralizing antibody titer to a species of Enterovirus B. In some embodiments, an immune response includes a neutralizing antibody titer to a human echovirus species of virus (e.g., Echovirus 5 (E5) or Echovirus 26 (E26)). In some embodiments, an immune response includes a neutralizing antibody titer to a human Enterovirus species of virus (e.g., Enterovirus-B75 (B75)). An immune response further includes a T cell response to a species of Enterovirus B. In some embodiments, an immune response includes a T cell response to a human echovirus species of virus (e.g., Echovirus 5 (E5) or Echovirus 26 (E26)). In some embodiments, an immune response includes a T cell response to a human Enterovirus species of virus (e.g., Enterovirus- B75 (B75)). According to the present invention, polynucleotides or constructs and their associated compositions may be designed to produce a commercially available vaccine, a variant or a portion thereof in vivo. As described herein, Enterovirus B viruses may be associated with gastrointestinal diseases, including but not limited to, inflammatory bowel disease and/or Crohn’s disease. The most prevalent forms of inflammatory bowel diseases (IBD) are Crohn’s disease (CD) and ulcerative colitis (UC), which are characterized by debilitating and chronic relapsing and remitting inflammation of the gastrointestinal tract (for CD) or the colon (in UC). Human enterovirus B (e.g., enterovirus B75, echovirus (E5), and echovirus (E26)) have been reported to be enriched in inflammatory bowel disease patient tissue and may contribute the development of chronic inflammatory disorders (Adiliaghdam, et al. Science immunology 7.70 (2022)). Enterovirus Species B has also been detected in Ileocecal Crohn's Disease (ICD) as a possible triggering factor of Crohn’s Disease (Nyström, et al. Clinical and Translational Gastroenterology 4.6 (2013): e38). In some embodiments, gastrointestinal diseases can be treated (e.g., prophylactically or therapeutically) with the compositions and methods of present invention include but are not limited to, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn’s disease, indeterminate colitis, and/or Ulcerative colitis (UC). Other gastrointestinal diseases associated with Enterovirus B virus infection(s) are further contemplated herein. The polynucleotides of the invention may be used to treat, protect, or immunize a subject against infection with Enterovirus B viruses and therefore, may be used as a prophylactic and/or therapeutic treatment for subjects with gastrointestinal diseases associated with Enterovirus B viruses. For example, the polynucleotides of the invention may be used to prevent the onset and/or progression of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) in a subject (e.g., a human subject). In some embodiments, the human subject is an adult human that does not have pre-existing IBD. In some embodiments, the human subject is an adult human that has pre-existing IBD. In some embodiments, the human subject is an infant. In some embodiments, the polynucleotides of the invention may be used to protect an infant against Enterovirus B infections associated with gastrointestinal disease. The polynucleotides of the invention may be used in combination with other therapeutics used for treating gastrointestinal disease. Non-limiting examples of therapeutics for gastrointestinal disease that may be used in combination with the compositions and methods of the present disclosure include steroids (e.g., prednisone), 5-aminosalicylates (e.g, mesalamine), Azathioprine (Imuran®), 6-Mercaptopurine (Purinethol®), and Methotrexate, Infliximab (Remicade®), Adalimumab (Humira®), and Certolizumab Pegol (Cimzia®), Natalizumab (Tysabri®). Other therapeutics useful for treating gastrointestinal disease known in the art are also contemplated herein. In some embodiments, the polynucleotides of the invention may encode at least one Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or Enterovirus 3C protease that forms a VLP when administered to a subject and immunizes the subsection for the prevention, management, or treatment of Enterovirus infections. In one embodiment, the polynucleotides of the present invention is or functions as a messenger RNA (mRNA). As used herein, the term “messenger RNA” (mRNA) refers to any polynucleotide which encodes at least one peptide or polypeptide of interest and which is capable of being translated to produce the encoded peptide polypeptide of interest in vitro, in vivo, in situ or ex vivo. The basic components of an mRNA molecule typically include at least one coding region, a 5′ untranslated region (UTR), a 3′ UTR, a 5′ cap, and a poly-A tail. Polynucleotides of the present disclosure may function as mRNA but can be distinguished from wild-type mRNA in their functional and/or structural design features which serve to overcome existing problems of effective polypeptide expression using nucleic-acid based therapeutics. Polynucleotides of the present disclosure, in some embodiments, are codon optimized. Codon optimization methods are known in the art and may be used as provided herein. Codon optimization, in some embodiments, may be used to match codon frequencies in target and host organisms to ensure proper folding; bias GC content to increase mRNA stability or reduce secondary structures; minimize tandem repeat codons or base runs that may impair gene construction or expression; customize transcriptional and translational control regions; insert or remove protein trafficking sequences; remove/add post translation modification sites in encoded protein (e.g., glycosylation sites); add, remove or shuffle protein domains; insert or delete restriction sites; modify ribosome binding sites and mRNA degradation sites; adjust translational rates to allow the various domains of the protein to fold properly; or to reduce or eliminate problem secondary structures within the polynucleotide. Codon optimization tools, algorithms and services are known in the art – non-limiting examples include services from GeneArt (Life Technologies), DNA2.0 (Menlo Park CA), and/or proprietary methods. In some embodiments, the open reading frame (ORF) sequence is optimized using optimization algorithms. In some embodiments, a codon optimized sequence shares less than 95% sequence identity to a naturally-occurring or wild-type sequence (e.g., a naturally-occurring or wild-type mRNA sequence encoding a polypeptide or protein of interest, such as an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or Enterovirus 3C protease thereof). In some embodiments, a codon optimized sequence shares less than 90% sequence identity to a naturally-occurring or wild-type sequence (e.g., a naturally-occurring or wild-type mRNA sequence encoding a polypeptide or protein of interest, such as an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or Enterovirus 3C protease thereof). In some embodiments, a codon optimized sequence shares less than 85% sequence identity to a naturally-occurring or wild-type sequence (e.g., a naturally-occurring or wild-type mRNA sequence encoding a polypeptide or protein of interest, such as an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or Enterovirus 3C protease thereof). In some embodiments, a codon optimized sequence shares less than 80% sequence identity to a naturally-occurring or wild-type sequence (e.g., a naturally-occurring or wild-type mRNA sequence encoding a polypeptide or protein of interest, such as an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or Enterovirus 3C protease thereof). In some embodiments, a codon optimized sequence shares less than 75% sequence identity to a naturally- occurring or wild-type sequence (e.g., a naturally-occurring or wild-type mRNA sequence encoding a polypeptide or protein of interest, such as an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or Enterovirus 3C protease thereof). In some embodiments, a codon optimized sequence shares between 65% and 85% (e.g., between about 67% and about 85% or between about 67% and about 80%) sequence identity to a naturally-occurring or wild-type sequence (e.g., a naturally-occurring or wild-type mRNA sequence encoding a polypeptide or protein of interest, such as an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or Enterovirus 3C protease thereof). In some embodiments, a codon optimized sequence shares between 65% and 75 or about 80% sequence identity to a naturally-occurring or wild-type sequence (e.g., a naturally-occurring or wild-type mRNA sequence encoding a polypeptide or protein of interest, such as an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or Enterovirus 3C protease thereof). In some embodiments a codon optimized RNA may, for instance, be one in which the levels of G/C are enhanced. The G/C-content of nucleic acid molecules may influence the stability of the RNA. RNA having an increased amount of guanine (G) and/or cytosine (C) residues may be functionally more stable than nucleic acids containing a large amount of adenine (A) and thymine (T) or uracil (U) nucleotides. WO02/098443 discloses a pharmaceutical composition containing an mRNA stabilized by sequence modifications in the translated region. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, the modifications work by substituting existing codons for those that promote greater RNA stability without changing the resulting amino acid. The approach is limited to coding regions of the RNA. Polypeptides include gene products, naturally occurring polypeptides, synthetic polypeptides, homologs, orthologs, paralogs, fragments and other equivalents, variants, and analogs of the foregoing. A polypeptide may be a single molecule or may be a multi-molecular complex such as a dimer, trimer or tetramer. Polypeptides may also comprise single chain or multichain polypeptides such as antibodies and may be associated or linked. Most commonly, disulfide linkages are found in multichain polypeptides. The term polypeptide may also apply to amino acid polymers in which at least one amino acid residue is an artificial chemical analogue of a corresponding naturally-occurring amino acid. The term “polypeptide variant” refers to molecules which differ in their amino acid sequence from a native or reference sequence. The amino acid sequence variants may possess substitutions, deletions, and/or insertions at certain positions within the amino acid sequence, as compared to a native or reference sequence. Ordinarily, variants possess at least 50% identity to a native or reference sequence. In some embodiments, variants share at least 80%, or at least 90% identity with a native or reference sequence. Some embodiments relate to mRNA encoding proteins having one or more mutations (e.g., substitutions) relative to a reference amino acid sequence and/or numbered according to a listed amino acid sequence and/or relative to a reference mRNA encoding an amino acid sequence. Some embodiments relate to proteins having one or more mutations (e.g., substitutions) relative to a reference amino acid sequence and/or numbered according to a listed amino acid sequence. Some embodiments relate to amino acid or nucleotide sequences having a specified percentage sequence identity to a comparator amino acid or nucleotide sequence, respectively. The term “identity” refers to a relationship between the sequences of two or more polypeptides (e.g. antigens) or polynucleotides (nucleic acids), as determined by comparing the sequences. Identity also refers to the degree of sequence relatedness between or among sequences as determined by the number of matches between strings of two or more amino acid residues or nucleic acid residues. “Percent (%) identity” or “percent (%) sequence identity” as it applies to polypeptide or polynucleotide sequences is defined as the percentage of residues (amino acid residues or nucleic acid residues) in the candidate amino acid or nucleic acid sequence that are identical with the residues in the amino acid sequence or nucleic acid sequence of a second sequence after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent identity. The percent sequence identity that a candidate sequence (e.g., as present in a claimed protein or nucleic acid) has to a comparator sequence (e.g., having a SEQ ID NO: specified herein) is calculated by (i) aligning the candidate sequence to the comparator sequence, (ii) determining the number of matching residues (amino acids or nucleotides) between the aligned candidate and comparator sequences, and (iii) dividing the number of matching residues by the length of the comparator sequence, including any gaps introduced into the comparator sequence when the two sequences are aligned. The skilled artisan will appreciate that to determine whether a candidate protein or nucleic acid comprises an amino acid sequence or nucleotide sequence with a given percentage sequence identity to a comparator sequence, the denominator (length of comparator sequence plus internal gaps) in calculating sequence identity need not include gaps shown at the ends of the comparator sequence in an alignment, as such gaps are added where a candidate sequence contains additional amino acids or nucleotides that extend beyond the portions that align to the N-terminal end and/or C-terminal end (amino acid sequences), or 5′ end or 3′ end (nucleotide sequences) of the comparator sequence. If a comparator sequence is not identified, a known wild type protein may be used for a comparator sequence. Where an alignment between two sequences is contemplated, the first sequence (e.g., candidate sequence) may be aligned to the second sequence (e.g., comparator sequence) using the Needleman-Wunsch algorithm for global alignment of the two sequences. Needleman & Wunsch, J Mol Biol. 1970. 48:443–453. Where two protein sequences are aligned, the Needleman-Wunsch algorithm uses a BLOSUM62 substitution scoring matrix, a Gap Open penalty of 10, a Gap Extend penalty of 0.5, and no End Gap penalties. Where two nucleotide sequences are aligned, the alignment uses an DNAFULL substitution scoring matrix, a Gap Open penalty of 10, a Gap Extend penalty of 0.5, and no End Gap penalties. The skilled artisan will appreciate that at the time of filing the instant specification, these parameters are the default parameters of the EMBOSS Needle pairwise comparison tool provided by European Bioinformatics Institute (see ebi.ac.uk). Other suitable alignment programs may be used to obtain a global alignment using these parameters, such as BLAST, or the Needleman-Wunsch algorithm may be implemented in a scripting language (e.g., Python). For clarity, mutations may be described using amino acid numbering corresponding to the protein seequences disclosed herein. The person of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that mutations disclosed in relation these amino acid sequences may be applied to other variant amino acid sequences. To apply a mutation disclosed with numbering corresponding to an exemplary amino acid sequence, X, to a different reference protein, the skilled artisan may align that different reference protein’s amino acid sequence to the amino acid sequence X with which the mutation is numbered. In some embodiments “variant mimics” are provided. As used herein, the term “variant mimic” is one which contains at least one amino acid that would mimic an activated sequence. For example, glutamate may serve as a mimic for phosphoro-threonine and/or phosphoro-serine. Alternatively, variant mimics may result in deactivation or in an inactivated product containing the mimic, for example, phenylalanine may act as an inactivating substitution for tyrosine; or alanine may act as an inactivating substitution for serine. “Orthologs” refers to genes in different species that evolved from a common ancestral gene by speciation. Normally, orthologs retain the same function in the course of evolution. Identification of orthologs is critical for reliable prediction of gene function in newly sequenced genomes. “Analogs” is meant to include polypeptide variants which differ by one or more amino acid alterations, for example, substitutions, additions or deletions of amino acid residues that still maintain one or more of the properties of the parent or starting polypeptide. The present disclosure provides several types of compositions that are polynucleotide or polypeptide based, including variants and derivatives. These include, for example, substitutional, insertional, deletion and covalent variants and derivatives. The term “derivative” is used synonymously with the term “variant” but generally refers to a molecule that has been modified and/or changed in any way relative to a reference molecule or starting molecule. As such, polynucleotides encoding peptides or polypeptides containing substitutions, insertions and/or additions, deletions and covalent modifications with respect to reference sequences, in particular the polypeptide sequences disclosed herein, are included within the scope of this disclosure. For example, sequence tags or amino acids, such as one or more lysines, can be added to peptide sequences (e.g., at the N-terminal or C-terminal ends). Sequence tags can be used for peptide detection, purification or localization. Lysines can be used to increase peptide solubility or to allow for biotinylation. Alternatively, amino acid residues located at the carboxy and amino terminal regions of the amino acid sequence of a peptide or protein may optionally be deleted providing for truncated sequences. Certain amino acids (e.g., C-terminal or N-terminal residues) may alternatively be deleted depending on the use of the sequence, as for example, expression of the sequence as part of a larger sequence which is soluble, or linked to a solid support. In some embodiments, sequences for (or encoding) signal sequences, termination sequences, transmembrane domains, linkers, multimerization domains (such as, e.g., foldon regions) and the like may be substituted with alternative sequences that achieve the same or a similar function. In some embodiments, cavities in the core of proteins can be filled to improve stability, e.g., by introducing larger amino acids. In other embodiments, buried hydrogen bond networks may be replaced with hydrophobic resides to improve stability. In yet other embodiments, glycosylation sites may be removed and replaced with appropriate residues. Such sequences are readily identifiable to one of skill in the art. “Substitutional variants” when referring to polypeptides are those that have at least one amino acid residue in a native or starting sequence removed and a different amino acid inserted in its place at the same position. Substitutions may be single, where only one amino acid in the molecule has been substituted, or they may be multiple, where two or more amino acids have been substituted in the same molecule. As used herein, the term “conservative amino acid substitution” refers to the substitution of an amino acid that is normally present in the sequence with a different amino acid of similar size, charge, or polarity. Examples of conservative substitutions include the substitution of a non-polar (hydrophobic) residue such as isoleucine, valine, and leucine for another non-polar residue. Likewise, examples of conservative substitutions include the substitution of one polar (hydrophilic) residue for another such as between arginine and lysine, between glutamine and asparagine, and between glycine and serine. Additionally, the substitution of a basic residue such as lysine, arginine or histidine for another, or the substitution of one acidic residue such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid for another acidic residue are additional examples of conservative substitutions. Examples of non-conservative substitutions include the substitution of a non-polar (hydrophobic) amino acid residue such as isoleucine, valine, leucine, alanine, methionine for a polar (hydrophilic) residue such as cysteine, glutamine, glutamic acid or lysine and/or a polar residue for a non-polar residue. “Features” when referring to polypeptide or polynucleotide are defined as distinct amino acid sequence-based or nucleotide-based components of a molecule respectively. Features of the polypeptides encoded by the polynucleotides include surface manifestations, local conformational shape, folds, loops, half-loops, domains, half-domains, sites, termini, or any combination thereof. As used herein, when referring to polypeptides, the term “domain” refers to a motif of a polypeptide having one or more identifiable structural or functional characteristics or properties (e.g., binding capacity, serving as a site for protein-protein interactions). As used herein, when referring to polypeptides, the terms “site” as it pertains to amino acid based embodiments is used synonymously with “amino acid residue” and “amino acid side chain.” As used herein, when referring to polynucleotides, the terms “site” as it pertains to nucleotide based embodiments is used synonymously with “nucleotide.” A site represents a position within a peptide or polypeptide or polynucleotide that may be modified, manipulated, altered, derivatized or varied within the polypeptide or polynucleotide based molecules. As used herein, the terms “termini” or “terminus” when referring to polypeptides or polynucleotides refers to an extremity of a polypeptide or polynucleotide, respectively. Such extremity is not limited only to the first or final site of the polypeptide or polynucleotide, but may include additional amino acids or nucleotides in the terminal regions. Polypeptide-based molecules may be characterized as having both an N-terminus (terminated by an amino acid with a free amino group (NH₂)) and a C-terminus (terminated by an amino acid with a free carboxyl group (COOH)). Proteins are in some cases made up of multiple polypeptide chains brought together by disulfide bonds or by non-covalent forces (e.g., multimers, oligomers). These proteins have multiple N- and C-termini. Alternatively, the termini of the polypeptides may be modified such that they begin or end, as the case may be, with a non-polypeptide based moiety such as an organic conjugate. As recognized by those skilled in the art, protein fragments, functional protein domains, and homologous proteins are also considered to be within the scope of polypeptides of interest. For example, provided herein is any protein fragment (meaning a polypeptide sequence at least one amino acid residue shorter than a reference polypeptide sequence but otherwise identical) of a reference protein 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 or greater than 100 amino acids in length. In another example, any protein that includes a stretch of 20, 30, 40, 50, or 100 amino acids which are 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or 100% identical to any of the sequences described herein can be utilized in accordance with the disclosure. In some embodiments, a polypeptide includes 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more mutations as shown in any of the sequences provided or referenced herein. In another example, any protein that includes a stretch of 20, 30, 40, 50, or 100 amino acids that are greater than 80%, 90%, 95%, or 100% identical to any of the sequences described herein, wherein the protein has a stretch of 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 amino acids that are less than 80%, 75%, 70%, 65% or 60% identical to any of the sequences described herein can be utilized in accordance with the disclosure. Polypeptide or polynucleotide molecules of the present disclosure may share a certain degree of sequence similarity or identity with the reference molecules (e.g., reference polypeptides or reference polynucleotides), for example, with art-described molecules (e.g., engineered or designed molecules or wild-type molecules). The term “identity” as known in the art, refers to a relationship between the sequences of two or more polypeptides or polynucleotides, as determined by comparing the sequences. In the art, identity also means the degree of sequence relatedness between them as determined by the number of matches between strings of two or more amino acid residues or nucleic acid residues. Identity measures the percent of identical matches between the smaller of two or more sequences with gap alignments (if any) addressed by a particular mathematical model or computer program (e.g., “algorithms”). Identity of related peptides can be readily calculated by known methods. “% identity” as it applies to polypeptide or polynucleotide sequences is defined as the percentage of residues (amino acid residues or nucleic acid residues) in the candidate amino acid or nucleic acid sequence that are identical with the residues in the amino acid sequence or nucleic acid sequence of a second sequence after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent identity. Methods and computer programs for the alignment are well known in the art. It is understood that identity depends on a calculation of percent identity but may differ in value due to gaps and penalties introduced in the calculation. Generally, variants of a particular polynucleotide or polypeptide have at least 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% but less than 100% sequence identity to that particular reference polynucleotide or polypeptide as determined by sequence alignment programs and parameters described herein and known to those skilled in the art. Such tools for alignment include those of the BLAST suite (Stephen F. Altschul, et al (1997), “Gapped BLAST and PSI-BLAST: a new generation of protein database search programs”, Nucleic Acids Res. 25:3389-3402). Another popular local alignment technique is based on the Smith-Waterman algorithm (Smith, T.F. & Waterman, M.S. (1981) “Identification of common molecular subsequences.” J. Mol. Biol. 147:195-197). A general global alignment technique based on dynamic programming is the Needleman–Wunsch algorithm (Needleman, S.B. & Wunsch, C.D. (1970) “A general method applicable to the search for similarities in the amino acid sequences of two proteins.” J. Mol. Biol. 48:443-453.). More recently, a Fast Optimal Global Sequence Alignment Algorithm (FOGSAA) has been developed that purportedly produces global alignment of nucleotide and protein sequences faster than other optimal global alignment methods, including the Needleman–Wunsch algorithm. Other tools are described herein, specifically in the definition of “identity” below. As used herein, the term “homology” refers to the overall relatedness between polymeric molecules, e.g. between nucleic acid molecules (e.g., DNA molecules and/or RNA molecules) and/or between polypeptide molecules. Polymeric molecules (e.g., nucleic acid molecules (e.g., DNA molecules and/or RNA molecules) and/or polypeptide molecules) that share a threshold level of similarity or identity determined by alignment of matching residues are termed homologous. Homology is a qualitative term that describes a relationship between molecules and can be based upon the quantitative similarity or identity. Similarity or identity is a quantitative term that defines the degree of sequence match between two compared sequences. In some embodiments, polymeric molecules are considered to be “homologous” to one another if their sequences are at least 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% identical or similar. The term “homologous” necessarily refers to a comparison between at least two sequences (polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences). Two polynucleotide sequences are considered homologous if the polypeptides they encode are at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or even 99% for at least one stretch of at least 20 amino acids. In some embodiments, homologous polynucleotide sequences are characterized by the ability to encode a stretch of at least 4–5 uniquely specified amino acids. For polynucleotide sequences less than 60 nucleotides in length, homology is determined by the ability to encode a stretch of at least 4–5 uniquely specified amino acids. Two protein sequences are considered homologous if the proteins are at least 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% identical for at least one stretch of at least 20 amino acids. Homology implies that the compared sequences diverged in evolution from a common origin. The term “homolog” refers to a first amino acid sequence or nucleic acid sequence (e.g., gene (DNA or RNA) or protein sequence) that is related to a second amino acid sequence or nucleic acid sequence by descent from a common ancestral sequence. The term “homolog” may apply to the relationship between genes and/or proteins separated by the event of speciation or to the relationship between genes and/or proteins separated by the event of genetic duplication. “Orthologs” are genes (or proteins) in different species that evolved from a common ancestral gene (or protein) by speciation. Typically, orthologs retain the same function in the course of evolution. “Paralogs” are genes (or proteins) related by duplication within a genome. Orthologs retain the same function in the course of evolution, whereas paralogs evolve new functions, even if these are related to the original one. The term “identity” refers to the overall relatedness between polymeric molecules, for example, between polynucleotide molecules (e.g. DNA molecules and/or RNA molecules) and/or between polypeptide molecules. Calculation of the percent identity of two polynucleic acid sequences, for example, can be performed by aligning the two sequences for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second nucleic acid sequences for optimal alignment and non-identical sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes). In certain embodiments, the length of a sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or 100% of the length of the reference sequence. The nucleotides at corresponding nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position. The percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which needs to be introduced for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. For example, the percent identity between two nucleic acid sequences can be determined using methods such as those described in Computational Molecular Biology, Lesk, A. M., ed., Oxford University Press, New York, 1988; Biocomputing: Informatics and Genome Projects, Smith, D. W., ed., Academic Press, New York, 1993; Sequence Analysis in Molecular Biology, von Heinje, G., Academic Press, 1987; Computer Analysis of Sequence Data, Part I, Griffin, A. M., and Griffin, H. G., eds., Humana Press, New Jersey, 1994; and Sequence Analysis Primer, Gribskov, M. and Devereux, J., eds., M Stockton Press, New York, 1991; each of which is incorporated herein by reference. For example, the percent identity between two nucleic acid sequences can be determined using the algorithm of Meyers and Miller (CABIOS, 1989, 4:11-17), which has been incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0) using a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4. The percent identity between two nucleic acid sequences can, alternatively, be determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package using an NWSgapdna.CMP matrix. Methods commonly employed to determine percent identity between sequences include, but are not limited to those disclosed in Carillo, H., and Lipman, D., SIAM J Applied Math., 48:1073 (1988); incorporated herein by reference. Techniques for determining identity are codified in publicly available computer programs. Exemplary computer software to determine homology between two sequences include, but are not limited to, GCG program package, Devereux, J., et al., Nucleic Acids Research, 12(1), 387 (1984)), BLASTP, BLASTN, and FASTA Altschul, S. F. et al., J. Molec. Biol., 215, 403 (1990)). RNA (e.g., mRNA) treatments of the present disclosure may comprise at least one ribonucleic acid (RNA) polynucleotide having an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein that comprises at least one chemical modification. RNA (e.g., mRNA) treatments of the present disclosure may comprise at least one ribonucleic acid (RNA) polynucleotide having an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease that comprises at least one chemical modification. The terms “chemical modification” and “chemically modified” refer to modification with respect to adenosine (A), guanosine (G), uridine (U), thymidine (T) or cytidine (C) ribonucleosides or deoxyribnucleosides in at least one of their position, pattern, percent or population. Generally, these terms do not refer to the ribonucleotide modifications in naturally occurring 5′-terminal mRNA cap moieties. With respect to a polypeptide, the term “modification” refers to a modification relative to the canonical set 20 amino acids. Polypeptides, as provided herein, are also considered “modified” if they contain amino acid substitutions, insertions, or a combination of substitutions and insertions. Polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides), in some embodiments, comprise various (more than one) different modifications. In some embodiments, a particular region of a polynucleotide contains one, two or more (optionally different) nucleoside or nucleotide modifications. In some embodiments, a modified RNA polynucleotide (e.g., a modified mRNA polynucleotide), introduced to a cell or organism, exhibits reduced degradation in the cell or organism, respectively, relative to an unmodified polynucleotide. In some embodiments, a modified RNA polynucleotide (e.g., a modified mRNA polynucleotide), introduced into a cell or organism, may exhibit reduced immunogenicity in the cell or organism, respectively (e.g., a reduced innate response). Modifications of polynucleotides include, without limitation, those described herein. Polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) may comprise modifications that are naturally-occurring, non-naturally-occurring, or the polynucleotide may comprise a combination of naturally-occurring and non-naturally-occurring modifications. Polynucleotides may include any useful modification, for example, of a sugar, a nucleobase, or an internucleoside linkage (e.g., to a linking phosphate, to a phosphodiester linkage or to the phosphodiester backbone). Polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides), in some embodiments, comprise non-natural modified nucleotides that are introduced during synthesis or post-synthesis of the polynucleotides to achieve desired functions or properties. The modifications may be present on internucleotide linkages, purine or pyrimidine bases, or sugars. The modification may be introduced with chemical synthesis or with a polymerase enzyme at the terminal of a chain or anywhere else in the chain. Any of the regions of a polynucleotide may be chemically modified. The present disclosure provides for modified nucleosides and nucleotides of a polynucleotide (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides). A “nucleoside” refers to a compound containing a sugar molecule (e.g., a pentose or ribose) or a derivative thereof in combination with an organic base (e.g., a purine or pyrimidine) or a derivative thereof (also referred to herein as “nucleobase”). A “nucleotide” refers to a nucleoside comprising one or more phosphate groups. Modified nucleotides may by synthesized by any useful method, such as, for example, chemically, enzymatically, or recombinantly, to include one or more modified or non-natural nucleosides. Polynucleotides may comprise a region or regions of linked nucleosides. Such regions may have variable backbone linkages. The linkages may be standard phosphdioester linkages, in which case the polynucleotides would comprise regions of nucleotides. Modified nucleotide base pairing encompasses not only the standard adenosine-thymine, adenosine-uracil, or guanosine-cytosine base pairs, but also base pairs formed between nucleotides and/or modified nucleotides comprising non-standard or modified bases, wherein the arrangement of hydrogen bond donors and hydrogen bond acceptors permits hydrogen bonding between a non-standard base and a standard base or between two complementary non-standard base structures. One example of such non-standard base pairing is the base pairing between the modified nucleotide inosine and adenine, cytosine, or uracil. Any combination of base/sugar or linker may be incorporated into polynucleotides of the present disclosure. The skilled artisan will appreciate that, except where otherwise noted, polynucleotide sequences set forth in the instant application will recite “T”s in a representative DNA sequence but where the sequence represents RNA, the “T”s would be substituted for “U”s. Modifications of polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) that are useful in the compositions, methods and synthetic processes of the present disclosure of the present disclosure include, but are not limited to the following: 2- methylthio-N6-(cis-hydroxyisopentenyl)adenosine; 2-methylthio-N6-methyladenosine; 2- methylthio-N6-threonyl carbamoyladenosine; N6-glycinylcarbamoyladenosine; N6- isopentenyladenosine; N6-methyladenosine; N6-threonylcarbamoyladenosine; 1,2′-O- dimethyladenosine; 1-methyladenosine; 2′-O-methyladenosine; 2′-O-ribosyladenosine (phosphate); 2-methyladenosine; 2-methylthio-N6 isopentenyladenosine; 2-methylthio-N6- hydroxynorvalyl carbamoyladenosine; 2′-O-methyladenosine; 2′-O-ribosyladenosine (phosphate); Isopentenyladenosine; N6-(cis-hydroxyisopentenyl)adenosine; N6,2′-O- dimethyladenosine; N6,2′-O-dimethyladenosine; N6,N6,2′-O-trimethyladenosine; N6,N6- dimethyladenosine; N6-acetyladenosine; N6-hydroxynorvalylcarbamoyladenosine; N6-methyl- N6-threonylcarbamoyladenosine; 2-methyladenosine; 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenosine; 7- deaza-adenosine; N1-methyl-adenosine; N6, N6 (dimethyl)adenine; N6-cis-hydroxy-isopentenyl- adenosine; α-thio-adenosine; 2 (amino)adenine; 2 (aminopropyl)adenine; 2 (methylthio) N6 (isopentenyl)adenine; 2-(alkyl)adenine; 2-(aminoalkyl)adenine; 2-(aminopropyl)adenine; 2- (halo)adenine; 2-(halo)adenine; 2-(propyl)adenine; 2′-Amino-2′-deoxy-ATP; 2′-Azido-2′-deoxy- ATP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-aminoadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-azidoadenosine TP; 6 (alkyl)adenine; 6 (methyl)adenine; 6-(alkyl)adenine; 6-(methyl)adenine; 7 (deaza)adenine; 8 (alkenyl)adenine; 8 (alkynyl)adenine; 8 (amino)adenine; 8 (thioalkyl)adenine; 8-(alkenyl)adenine; 8-(alkyl)adenine; 8-(alkynyl)adenine; 8-(amino)adenine; 8-(halo)adenine; 8-(hydroxyl)adenine; 8- (thioalkyl)adenine; 8-(thiol)adenine; 8-azido-adenosine; aza adenine; deaza adenine; N6 (methyl)adenine; N6-(isopentyl)adenine; 7-deaza-8-aza-adenosine; 7-methyladenine; 1- Deazaadenosine TP; 2′-Fluoro-N6-Bz-deoxyadenosine TP; 2′-OMe-2-Amino-ATP; 2′-O-methyl- N6-Bz-deoxyadenosine TP; 2′-a-Ethynyladenosine TP; 2-aminoadenine; 2-Aminoadenosine TP; 2-Amino-ATP; 2′-a-Trifluoromethyladenosine TP; 2-Azidoadenosine TP; 2′-b-Ethynyladenosine TP; 2-Bromoadenosine TP; 2′-b-Trifluoromethyladenosine TP; 2-Chloroadenosine TP; 2′- Deoxy-2′,2′-difluoroadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-mercaptoadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a- thiomethoxyadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-aminoadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-azidoadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-bromoadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-chloroadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b- fluoroadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-iodoadenosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-mercaptoadenosine TP; 2′- Deoxy-2′-b-thiomethoxyadenosine TP; 2-Fluoroadenosine TP; 2-Iodoadenosine TP; 2- Mercaptoadenosine TP; 2-methoxy-adenine; 2-methylthio-adenine; 2-Trifluoromethyladenosine TP; 3-Deaza-3-bromoadenosine TP; 3-Deaza-3-chloroadenosine TP; 3-Deaza-3-fluoroadenosine TP; 3-Deaza-3-iodoadenosine TP; 3-Deazaadenosine TP; 4′-Azidoadenosine TP; 4′-Carbocyclic adenosine TP; 4′-Ethynyladenosine TP; 5′-Homo-adenosine TP; 8-Aza-ATP; 8-bromo-adenosine TP; 8-Trifluoromethyladenosine TP; 9-Deazaadenosine TP; 2-aminopurine; 7-deaza-2,6- diaminopurine; 7-deaza-8-aza-2,6-diaminopurine; 7-deaza-8-aza-2-aminopurine; 2,6- diaminopurine; 7-deaza-8-aza-adenine, 7-deaza-2-aminopurine; 2-thiocytidine; 3-methylcytidine; 5-formylcytidine; 5-hydroxymethylcytidine; 5-methylcytidine; N4-acetylcytidine; 2′-O- methylcytidine; 2′-O-methylcytidine; 5,2′-O-dimethylcytidine; 5-formyl-2′-O-methylcytidine; Lysidine; N4,2′-O-dimethylcytidine; N4-acetyl-2′-O-methylcytidine; N4-methylcytidine; N4,N4- Dimethyl-2′-OMe-Cytidine TP; 4-methylcytidine; 5-aza-cytidine; Pseudo-iso-cytidine; pyrrolo- cytidine; α-thio-cytidine; 2-(thio)cytosine; 2′-Amino-2′-deoxy-CTP; 2′-Azido-2′-deoxy-CTP; 2′- Deoxy-2′-a-aminocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-azidocytidine TP; 3 (deaza) 5 (aza)cytosine; 3 (methyl)cytosine; 3-(alkyl)cytosine; 3-(deaza) 5 (aza)cytosine; 3-(methyl)cytidine; 4,2′-O- dimethylcytidine; 5 (halo)cytosine; 5 (methyl)cytosine; 5 (propynyl)cytosine; 5 (trifluoromethyl)cytosine; 5-(alkyl)cytosine; 5-(alkynyl)cytosine; 5-(halo)cytosine; 5- (propynyl)cytosine; 5-(trifluoromethyl)cytosine; 5-bromo-cytidine; 5-iodo-cytidine; 5-propynyl cytosine; 6-(azo)cytosine; 6-aza-cytidine; aza cytosine; deaza cytosine; N4 (acetyl)cytosine; 1- methyl-1-deaza-pseudoisocytidine; 1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine; 2-methoxy-5-methyl-cytidine; 2-methoxy-cytidine; 2-thio-5-methyl-cytidine; 4-methoxy-1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine; 4- methoxy-pseudoisocytidine; 4-thio-1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudoisocytidine; 4-thio-1-methyl- pseudoisocytidine; 4-thio-pseudoisocytidine; 5-aza-zebularine; 5-methyl-zebularine; pyrrolo- pseudoisocytidine; Zebularine; (E)-5-(2-Bromo-vinyl)cytidine TP; 2,2′-anhydro-cytidine TP hydrochloride; 2′Fluor-N4-Bz-cytidine TP; 2′Fluoro-N4-Acetyl-cytidine TP; 2′-O-Methyl-N4- Acetyl-cytidine TP; 2′O-methyl-N4-Bz-cytidine TP; 2′-a-Ethynylcytidine TP; 2′-a- Trifluoromethylcytidine TP; 2′-b-Ethynylcytidine TP; 2′-b-Trifluoromethylcytidine TP; 2′- Deoxy-2′,2′-difluorocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-mercaptocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a- thiomethoxycytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-aminocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-azidocytidine TP; 2′- Deoxy-2′-b-bromocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-chlorocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-fluorocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-iodocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-mercaptocytidine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b- thiomethoxycytidine TP; 2′-O-Methyl-5-(1-propynyl)cytidine TP; 3′-Ethynylcytidine TP; 4′- Azidocytidine TP; 4′-Carbocyclic cytidine TP; 4′-Ethynylcytidine TP; 5-(1-Propynyl)ara- cytidine TP; 5-(2-Chloro-phenyl)-2-thiocytidine TP; 5-(4-Amino-phenyl)-2-thiocytidine TP; 5- Aminoallyl-CTP; 5-Cyanocytidine TP; 5-Ethynylara-cytidine TP; 5-Ethynylcytidine TP; 5′- Homo-cytidine TP; 5-Methoxycytidine TP; 5-Trifluoromethyl-Cytidine TP; N4-Amino-cytidine TP; N4-Benzoyl-cytidine TP; Pseudoisocytidine; 7-methylguanosine; N2,2′-O- dimethylguanosine; N2-methylguanosine; Wyosine; 1,2′-O-dimethylguanosine; 1- methylguanosine; 2′-O-methylguanosine; 2′-O-ribosylguanosine (phosphate); 2′-O- methylguanosine; 2′-O-ribosylguanosine (phosphate); 7-aminomethyl-7-deazaguanosine; 7- cyano-7-deazaguanosine; Archaeosine; Methylwyosine; N2,7-dimethylguanosine; N2,N2,2′-O- trimethylguanosine; N2,N2,7-trimethylguanosine; N2,N2-dimethylguanosine; N2,7,2′-O- trimethylguanosine; 6-thio-guanosine; 7-deaza-guanosine; 8-oxo-guanosine; N1-methyl- guanosine; α-thio-guanosine; 2 (propyl)guanine; 2-(alkyl)guanine; 2′-Amino-2′-deoxy-GTP; 2′- Azido-2′-deoxy-GTP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-aminoguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-azidoguanosine TP; 6 (methyl)guanine; 6-(alkyl)guanine; 6-(methyl)guanine; 6-methyl-guanosine; 7 (alkyl)guanine; 7 (deaza)guanine; 7 (methyl)guanine; 7-(alkyl)guanine; 7-(deaza)guanine; 7-(methyl)guanine; 8 (alkyl)guanine; 8 (alkynyl)guanine; 8 (halo)guanine; 8 (thioalkyl)guanine; 8-(alkenyl)guanine; 8- (alkyl)guanine; 8-(alkynyl)guanine; 8-(amino)guanine; 8-(halo)guanine; 8-(hydroxyl)guanine; 8- (thioalkyl)guanine; 8-(thiol)guanine; aza guanine; deaza guanine; N (methyl)guanine; N- (methyl)guanine; 1-methyl-6-thio-guanosine; 6-methoxy-guanosine; 6-thio-7-deaza-8-aza- guanosine; 6-thio-7-deaza-guanosine; 6-thio-7-methyl-guanosine; 7-deaza-8-aza-guanosine; 7- methyl-8-oxo-guanosine; N2,N2-dimethyl-6-thio-guanosine; N2-methyl-6-thio-guanosine; 1-Me- GTP; 2′Fluoro-N2-isobutyl-guanosine TP; 2′O-methyl-N2-isobutyl-guanosine TP; 2′-a- Ethynylguanosine TP; 2′-a-Trifluoromethylguanosine TP; 2′-b-Ethynylguanosine TP; 2′-b- Trifluoromethylguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′,2′-difluoroguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a- mercaptoguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-thiomethoxyguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b- aminoguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-azidoguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-bromoguanosine TP; 2′- Deoxy-2′-b-chloroguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-fluoroguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b- iodoguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-mercaptoguanosine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-thiomethoxyguanosine TP; 4′-Azidoguanosine TP; 4′-Carbocyclic guanosine TP; 4′-Ethynylguanosine TP; 5′-Homo- guanosine TP; 8-bromo-guanosine TP; 9-Deazaguanosine TP; N2-isobutyl-guanosine TP; 1- methylinosine; Inosine; 1,2′-O-dimethylinosine; 2′-O-methylinosine; 7-methylinosine; 2′-O- methylinosine; Epoxyqueuosine; galactosyl-queuosine; Mannosylqueuosine; Queuosine; allyamino-thymidine; aza thymidine; deaza thymidine; deoxy-thymidine; 2′-O-methyluridine; 2- thiouridine; 3-methyluridine; 5-carboxymethyluridine; 5-hydroxyuridine; 5-methyluridine; 5- taurinomethyl-2-thiouridine; 5-taurinomethyluridine; Dihydrouridine; Pseudouridine; (3-(3- amino-3-carboxypropyl)uridine; 1-methyl-3-(3-amino-5-carboxypropyl)pseudouridine; 1- methylpseduouridine; 1-methyl-pseudouridine; 2′-O-methyluridine; 2′-O-methylpseudouridine; 2′-O-methyluridine; 2-thio-2′-O-methyluridine; 3-(3-amino-3-carboxypropyl)uridine; 3,2′-O- dimethyluridine; 3-Methyl-pseudo-Uridine TP; 4-thiouridine; 5-(carboxyhydroxymethyl)uridine; 5-(carboxyhydroxymethyl)uridine methyl ester; 5,2′-O-dimethyluridine; 5,6-dihydro-uridine; 5- aminomethyl-2-thiouridine; 5-carbamoylmethyl-2′-O-methyluridine; 5-carbamoylmethyluridine; 5-carboxyhydroxymethyluridine; 5-carboxyhydroxymethyluridine methyl ester; 5- carboxymethylaminomethyl-2′-O-methyluridine; 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine; 5- carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine; 5-carboxymethylaminomethyluridine; 5- carboxymethylaminomethyluridine; 5-Carbamoylmethyluridine TP; 5-methoxycarbonylmethyl- 2′-O-methyluridine; 5-methoxycarbonylmethyl-2-thiouridine; 5-methoxycarbonylmethyluridine; 5-methyluridine,), 5-methoxyuridine; 5-methyl-2-thiouridine; 5-methylaminomethyl-2- selenouridine; 5-methylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine; 5-methylaminomethyluridine; 5- Methyldihydrouridine; 5-Oxyacetic acid- Uridine TP; 5-Oxyacetic acid-methyl ester-Uridine TP; N1-methyl-pseudo-uridine, N1-ethylpseudouridine; uridine 5-oxyacetic acid; uridine 5-oxyacetic acid methyl ester; 3-(3-Amino-3-carboxypropyl)-Uridine TP; 5-(iso-Pentenylaminomethyl)- 2- thiouridine TP; 5-(iso-Pentenylaminomethyl)-2′-O-methyluridine TP; 5-(iso- Pentenylaminomethyl)uridine TP; 5-propynyl uracil; α-thio-uridine; 1 (aminoalkylamino- carbonylethylenyl)-2(thio)-pseudouracil; 1 (aminoalkylaminocarbonylethylenyl)-2,4- (dithio)pseudouracil; 1 (aminoalkylaminocarbonylethylenyl)-4 (thio)pseudouracil; 1 (aminoalkylaminocarbonylethylenyl)-pseudouracil; 1 (aminocarbonylethylenyl)-2(thio)- pseudouracil; 1 (aminocarbonylethylenyl)-2,4-(dithio)pseudouracil; 1 (aminocarbonylethylenyl)- 4 (thio)pseudouracil; 1 (aminocarbonylethylenyl)-pseudouracil; 1 substituted 2(thio)- pseudouracil; 1 substituted 2,4-(dithio)pseudouracil; 1 substituted 4 (thio)pseudouracil; 1 substituted pseudouracil; 1-(aminoalkylamino-carbonylethylenyl)-2-(thio)-pseudouracil; 1- Methyl-3-(3-amino-3-carboxypropyl) pseudouridine TP; 1-Methyl-3-(3-amino-3- carboxypropyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-pseudo-UTP; 2 (thio)pseudouracil; 2′ deoxy uridine; 2′ fluorouridine; 2-(thio)uracil; 2,4-(dithio)psuedouracil; 2′ methyl, 2′amino, 2′azido, 2′fluro- guanosine; 2′-Amino-2′-deoxy-UTP; 2′-Azido-2′-deoxy-UTP; 2′-Azido-deoxyuridine TP; 2′-O- methylpseudouridine; 2′ deoxy uridine; 2′ fluorouridine; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-aminouridine TP; 2′- Deoxy-2′-a-azidouridine TP; 2-methylpseudouridine; 3 (3 amino-3 carboxypropyl)uracil; 4 (thio)pseudouracil; 4-(thio )pseudouracil; 4-(thio)uracil; 4-thiouracil; 5 (1,3-diazole-1- alkyl)uracil; 5 (2-aminopropyl)uracil; 5 (aminoalkyl)uracil; 5 (dimethylaminoalkyl)uracil; 5 (guanidiniumalkyl)uracil; 5 (methoxycarbonylmethyl)-2-(thio)uracil; 5 (methoxycarbonyl- methyl)uracil; 5 (methyl) 2 (thio)uracil; 5 (methyl) 2,4 (dithio)uracil; 5 (methyl) 4 (thio)uracil; 5 (methylaminomethyl)-2 (thio)uracil; 5 (methylaminomethyl)-2,4 (dithio)uracil; 5 (methylaminomethyl)-4 (thio)uracil; 5 (propynyl)uracil; 5 (trifluoromethyl)uracil; 5-(2- aminopropyl)uracil; 5-(alkyl)-2-(thio)pseudouracil; 5-(alkyl)-2,4 (dithio)pseudouracil; 5-(alkyl)- 4 (thio)pseudouracil; 5-(alkyl)pseudouracil; 5-(alkyl)uracil; 5-(alkynyl)uracil; 5- (allylamino)uracil; 5-(cyanoalkyl)uracil; 5-(dialkylaminoalkyl)uracil; 5- (dimethylaminoalkyl)uracil; 5-(guanidiniumalkyl)uracil; 5-(halo)uracil; 5-(l,3-diazole-l- alkyl)uracil; 5-(methoxy)uracil; 5-(methoxycarbonylmethyl)-2-(thio)uracil; 5-(methoxycarbonyl- methyl)uracil; 5-(methyl) 2(thio)uracil; 5-(methyl) 2,4 (dithio )uracil; 5-(methyl) 4 (thio)uracil; 5-(methyl)-2-(thio)pseudouracil; 5-(methyl)-2,4 (dithio)pseudouracil; 5-(methyl)-4 (thio)pseudouracil; 5-(methyl)pseudouracil; 5-(methylaminomethyl)-2 (thio)uracil; 5- (methylaminomethyl)-2,4(dithio)uracil; 5-(methylaminomethyl)-4-(thio)uracil; 5- (propynyl)uracil; 5-(trifluoromethyl)uracil; 5-aminoallyl-uridine; 5-bromo-uridine; 5-iodo- uridine; 5-uracil; 6 (azo)uracil; 6-(azo)uracil; 6-aza-uridine; allyamino-uracil; aza uracil; deaza uracil; N3 (methyl)uracil; P seudo-UTP-1-2-ethanoic acid; Pseudouracil; 4-Thio-pseudo-UTP; 1-carboxymethyl-pseudouridine; 1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudouridine; 1-propynyl-uridine; 1- taurinomethyl-1-methyl-uridine; 1-taurinomethyl-4-thio-uridine; 1-taurinomethyl-pseudouridine; 2-methoxy-4-thio-pseudouridine; 2-thio-1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudouridine; 2-thio-1-methyl- pseudouridine; 2-thio-5-aza-uridine; 2-thio-dihydropseudouridine; 2-thio-dihydrouridine; 2-thio- pseudouridine; 4-methoxy-2-thio-pseudouridine; 4-methoxy-pseudouridine; 4-thio-1-methyl- pseudouridine; 4-thio-pseudouridine; 5-aza-uridine; Dihydropseudouridine; (±)1-(2- Hydroxypropyl)pseudouridine TP; (2R)-1-(2-Hydroxypropyl)pseudouridine TP; (2S)-1-(2- Hydroxypropyl)pseudouridine TP; (E)-5-(2-Bromo-vinyl)ara-uridine TP; (E)-5-(2-Bromo- vinyl)uridine TP; (Z)-5-(2-Bromo-vinyl)ara-uridine TP; (Z)-5-(2-Bromo-vinyl)uridine TP; 1- (2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl)-pseudo-UTP; 1-(2,2,3,3,3-Pentafluoropropyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(2,2- Diethoxyethyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(2,4,6-Trimethylbenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(2,4,6- Trimethyl-benzyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(2,4,6-Trimethyl-phenyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(2-Amino-2- carboxyethyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(2-Amino-ethyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(2-Hydroxyethyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(2-Methoxyethyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(3,4-Bis-trifluoromethoxybenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(3,4-Dimethoxybenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(3-Amino-3-carboxypropyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(3- Amino-propyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(3-Cyclopropyl-prop-2-ynyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Amino-4- carboxybutyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4-Amino-benzyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4-Amino-butyl)pseudo-UTP; 1- (4-Amino-phenyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4-Azidobenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4- Bromobenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Chlorobenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4- Fluorobenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Iodobenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4- Methanesulfonylbenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Methoxybenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4- Methoxy-benzyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4- Methylbenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Methyl-benzyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4- Nitrobenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Nitro-benzyl)pseudo-UTP; 1(4-Nitro-phenyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(4-Thiomethoxybenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(4-Trifluoromethoxybenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1- (4-Trifluoromethylbenzyl)pseudouridine TP; 1-(5-Amino-pentyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-(6-Amino- hexyl)pseudo-UTP; 1,6-Dimethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-[3-(2-{2-[2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-ethoxy]- ethoxy}-ethoxy)-propionyl]pseudouridine TP; 1-{3-[2-(2-Aminoethoxy)-ethoxy]-propionyl } pseudouridine TP; 1-Acetylpseudouridine TP; 1-Alkyl-6-(1-propynyl)-pseudo-UTP; 1-Alkyl-6- (2-propynyl)-pseudo-UTP; 1-Alkyl-6-allyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Alkyl-6-ethynyl-pseudo-UTP; 1- Alkyl-6-homoallyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Alkyl-6-vinyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Allylpseudouridine TP; 1- Aminomethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Benzoylpseudouridine TP; 1-Benzyloxymethylpseudouridine TP; 1-Benzyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Biotinyl-PEG2-pseudouridine TP; 1-Biotinylpseudouridine TP; 1- Butyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyanomethylpseudouridine TP; 1-Cyclobutylmethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1- Cyclobutyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cycloheptylmethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cycloheptyl-pseudo-UTP; 1- Cyclohexylmethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclohexyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclooctylmethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclooctyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclopentylmethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclopentyl-pseudo-UTP; 1- Cyclopropylmethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Cyclopropyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Ethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Hexyl- pseudo-UTP; 1-Homoallylpseudouridine TP; 1-Hydroxymethylpseudouridine TP; 1-iso-propyl- pseudo-UTP; 1-Me-2-thio-pseudo-UTP; 1-Me-4-thio-pseudo-UTP; 1-Me-alpha-thio-pseudo- UTP; 1-Methanesulfonylmethylpseudouridine TP; 1-Methoxymethylpseudouridine TP; 1- Methyl-6-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl)pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-(4-morpholino)-pseudo-UTP; 1- Methyl-6-(4-thiomorpholino)-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-(substituted phenyl)pseudo-UTP; 1- Methyl-6-amino-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-azido-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-bromo-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-butyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-chloro-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-cyano-pseudo- UTP; 1-Methyl-6-dimethylamino-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-ethoxy-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6- ethylcarboxylate-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-ethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-fluoro-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-formyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-hydroxyamino-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-hydroxy- pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-iodo-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-iso-propyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6- methoxy-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-methylamino-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-phenyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-propyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-tert-butyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6- trifluoromethoxy-pseudo-UTP; 1-Methyl-6-trifluoromethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1- Morpholinomethylpseudouridine TP; 1-Pentyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Phenyl-pseudo-UTP; 1- Pivaloylpseudouridine TP; 1-Propargylpseudouridine TP; 1-Propyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-propynyl- pseudouridine; 1-p-tolyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-tert-Butyl-pseudo-UTP; 1- Thiomethoxymethylpseudouridine TP; 1-Thiomorpholinomethylpseudouridine TP; 1- Trifluoroacetylpseudouridine TP; 1-Trifluoromethyl-pseudo-UTP; 1-Vinylpseudouridine TP; 2,2′-anhydro-uridine TP; 2′-bromo-deoxyuridine TP; 2′-F-5-Methyl-2′-deoxy-UTP; 2′-OMe-5- Me-UTP; 2′-OMe-pseudo-UTP; 2′-a-Ethynyluridine TP; 2′-a-Trifluoromethyluridine TP; 2′-b- Ethynyluridine TP; 2′-b-Trifluoromethyluridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′,2′-difluorouridine TP; 2′- Deoxy-2′-a-mercaptouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-a-thiomethoxyuridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b- aminouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-azidouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-bromouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′- b-chlorouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-fluorouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-iodouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′- b-mercaptouridine TP; 2′-Deoxy-2′-b-thiomethoxyuridine TP; 2-methoxy-4-thio-uridine; 2- methoxyuridine; 2′-O-Methyl-5-(1-propynyl)uridine TP; 3-Alkyl-pseudo-UTP; 4′-Azidouridine TP; 4′-Carbocyclic uridine TP; 4′-Ethynyluridine TP; 5-(1-Propynyl)ara-uridine TP; 5-(2- Furanyl)uridine TP; 5-Cyanouridine TP; 5-Dimethylaminouridine TP; 5′-Homo-uridine TP; 5- iodo-2′-fluoro-deoxyuridine TP; 5-Phenylethynyluridine TP; 5-Trideuteromethyl-6- deuterouridine TP; 5-Trifluoromethyl-Uridine TP; 5-Vinylarauridine TP; 6-(2,2,2- Trifluoroethyl)-pseudo-UTP; 6-(4-Morpholino)-pseudo-UTP; 6-(4-Thiomorpholino)-pseudo- UTP; 6-(Substituted-Phenyl)-pseudo-UTP; 6-Amino-pseudo-UTP; 6-Azido-pseudo-UTP; 6- Bromo-pseudo-UTP; 6-Butyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-Chloro-pseudo-UTP; 6-Cyano-pseudo-UTP; 6- Dimethylamino-pseudo-UTP; 6-Ethoxy-pseudo-UTP; 6-Ethylcarboxylate-pseudo-UTP; 6-Ethyl- pseudo-UTP; 6-Fluoro-pseudo-UTP; 6-Formyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-Hydroxyamino-pseudo-UTP; 6- Hydroxy-pseudo-UTP; 6-Iodo-pseudo-UTP; 6-iso-Propyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-Methoxy-pseudo- UTP; 6-Methylamino-pseudo-UTP; 6-Methyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-Phenyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-Phenyl- pseudo-UTP; 6-Propyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-tert-Butyl-pseudo-UTP; 6-Trifluoromethoxy-pseudo- UTP; 6-Trifluoromethyl-pseudo-UTP; Alpha-thio-pseudo-UTP; Pseudouridine 1-(4- methylbenzenesulfonic acid) TP; Pseudouridine 1-(4-methylbenzoic acid) TP; Pseudouridine TP 1-[3-(2-ethoxy)]propionic acid; Pseudouridine TP 1-[3-{2-(2-[2-(2-ethoxy )-ethoxy]-ethoxy )- ethoxy}]propionic acid; Pseudouridine TP 1-[3-{2-(2-[2-{2(2-ethoxy )-ethoxy}-ethoxy]-ethoxy )-ethoxy}]propionic acid; Pseudouridine TP 1-[3-{2-(2-[2-ethoxy ]-ethoxy)-ethoxy}]propionic acid; Pseudouridine TP 1-[3-{2-(2-ethoxy)-ethoxy}] propionic acid; Pseudouridine TP 1- methylphosphonic acid; Pseudouridine TP 1-methylphosphonic acid diethyl ester; Pseudo-UTP- N1-3-propionic acid; Pseudo-UTP-N1-4-butanoic acid; Pseudo-UTP-N1-5-pentanoic acid; Pseudo-UTP-N1-6-hexanoic acid; Pseudo-UTP-N1-7-heptanoic acid; Pseudo-UTP-N1-methyl-p- benzoic acid; Pseudo-UTP-N1-p-benzoic acid; Wybutosine; Hydroxywybutosine; Isowyosine; Peroxywybutosine; undermodified hydroxywybutosine; 4-demethylwyosine; 2,6- (diamino)purine;1-(aza)-2-(thio)-3-(aza)-phenoxazin-1-yl: 1,3-( diaza)-2-( oxo )-phenthiazin-l- yl;1,3-(diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenoxazin-1-yl;1,3,5-(triaza)-2,6-(dioxa)-naphthalene;2 (amino)purine;2,4,5-(trimethyl)phenyl;2′ methyl, 2′amino, 2′azido, 2′fluro-cytidine;2′ methyl, 2′amino, 2′azido, 2′fluro-adenine;2′methyl, 2′amino, 2′azido, 2′fluro-uridine;2′-amino-2′- deoxyribose; 2-amino-6-Chloro-purine; 2-aza-inosinyl; 2′-azido-2′-deoxyribose; 2′fluoro-2′- deoxyribose; 2′-fluoro-modified bases; 2′-O-methyl-ribose; 2-oxo-7-aminopyridopyrimidin-3-yl; 2-oxo-pyridopyrimidine-3-yl; 2-pyridinone; 3 nitropyrrole; 3-(methyl)-7- (propynyl)isocarbostyrilyl; 3-(methyl)isocarbostyrilyl; 4-(fluoro)-6-(methyl)benzimidazole; 4- (methyl)benzimidazole; 4-(methyl)indolyl; 4,6-(dimethyl)indolyl; 5 nitroindole; 5 substituted pyrimidines; 5-(methyl)isocarbostyrilyl; 5-nitroindole; 6-(aza)pyrimidine; 6-(azo)thymine; 6- (methyl)-7-(aza)indolyl; 6-chloro-purine; 6-phenyl-pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; 7- (aminoalkylhydroxy)-1-(aza)-2-(thio )-3-(aza)-phenthiazin-l-yl; 7-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-1-(aza)- 2-(thio)-3-(aza)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 7-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-1,3-(diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 7-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-l,3-( diaza)-2-( oxo )-phenthiazin-l-yl; 7-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-l,3-( diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenoxazin-l-yl; 7-(aza)indolyl; 7-(guanidiniumalkylhydroxy)-1-(aza)-2-(thio)-3- (aza)-phenoxazinl-yl; 7-(guanidiniumalkylhydroxy)-1-(aza)-2-(thio)-3-(aza)-phenthiazin-l-yl; 7- (guanidiniumalkylhydroxy)-1-(aza)-2-(thio)-3-(aza)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 7- (guanidiniumalkylhydroxy)-1,3-(diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 7-(guanidiniumalkyl-hydroxy)- l,3-( diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenthiazin-l-yl; 7-(guanidiniumalkylhydroxy)-l,3-(diaza)-2-(oxo)- phenoxazin-l-yl; 7-(propynyl)isocarbostyrilyl; 7-(propynyl)isocarbostyrilyl, propynyl-7- (aza)indolyl; 7-deaza-inosinyl; 7-substituted 1-(aza)-2-(thio)-3-(aza)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 7- substituted 1,3-(diaza)-2-(oxo)-phenoxazin-1-yl; 9-(methyl)-imidizopyridinyl; Aminoindolyl; Anthracenyl; bis-ortho-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-6-phenyl-pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; bis-ortho- substituted-6-phenyl-pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; Difluorotolyl; Hypoxanthine; Imidizopyridinyl; Inosinyl; Isocarbostyrilyl; Isoguanisine; N2-substituted purines; N6-methyl-2- amino-purine; N6-substituted purines; N-alkylated derivative; Napthalenyl; Nitrobenzimidazolyl; Nitroimidazolyl; Nitroindazolyl; Nitropyrazolyl; Nubularine; O6-substituted purines; O-alkylated derivative; ortho-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-6-phenyl-pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; ortho-substituted- 6-phenyl-pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; Oxoformycin TP; para-(aminoalkylhydroxy)-6-phenyl- pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; para-substituted-6-phenyl-pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; Pentacenyl; Phenanthracenyl; Phenyl; propynyl-7-(aza)indolyl; Pyrenyl; pyridopyrimidin-3-yl; pyridopyrimidin-3-yl, 2-oxo-7-amino-pyridopyrimidin-3-yl; pyrrolo-pyrimidin-2-on-3-yl; Pyrrolopyrimidinyl; Pyrrolopyrizinyl; Stilbenzyl; substituted 1,2,4-triazoles; Tetracenyl; Tubercidine; Xanthine; Xanthosine-5′-TP; 2-thio-zebularine; 5-aza-2-thio-zebularine; 7-deaza-2- amino-purine; pyridin-4-one ribonucleoside; 2-Amino-riboside-TP; Formycin A TP; Formycin B TP; Pyrrolosine TP; 2′-OH-ara-adenosine TP; 2′-OH-ara-cytidine TP; 2′-OH-ara-uridine TP; 2′- OH-ara-guanosine TP; 5-(2-carbomethoxyvinyl)uridine TP; and N6-(19-Amino- pentaoxanonadecyl)adenosine TP. In some embodiments, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) include a combination of at least two (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more) of the aforementioned modified nucleobases. In some embodiments, modified nucleobases in polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) are selected from the group consisting of pseudouridine (ψ), N1-methylpseudouridine (m1ψ) , N1-ethylpseudouridine, 2-thiouridine, 4′- thiouridine, 5-methylcytosine, 2-thio-1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudouridine, 2-thio-1-methyl- pseudouridine, 2-thio-5-aza-uridine , 2-thio-dihydropseudouridine, 2-thio-dihydrouridine, 2-thio- pseudouridine, 4-methoxy-2-thio-pseudouridine, 4-methoxy-pseudouridine, 4-thio-1-methyl- pseudouridine, 4-thio-pseudouridine, 5-aza-uridine, dihydropseudouridine, 5-methyluridine,), 5- methoxyuridine and 2′-O-methyl uridine. In some embodiments, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) include a combination of at least two (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more) of the aforementioned modified nucleobases. In some embodiments, modified nucleobases in polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) are selected from the group consisting of 1- methyl-pseudouridine (m1ψ), 5-methoxy-uridine (mo5U), 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C), pseudouridine (ψ), α-thio-guanosine, and α-thio-adenosine. In some embodiments, polynucleotides includes a combination of at least two (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more) of the aforementioned modified nucleobases. In some embodiments, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) comprise pseudouridine (ψ) and 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C). In some embodiments, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) comprise 1-methyl-pseudouridine (m1ψ). In some embodiments, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) comprise 1-methyl-pseudouridine (m1ψ) and 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C). In some embodiments, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) comprise 2-thiouridine (s2U). In some embodiments, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) comprise 2- thiouridine and 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C). In some embodiments, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) comprise methoxy-uridine (mo5U). In some embodiments, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) comprise 5-methoxy-uridine (mo5U) and 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C). In some embodiments, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) comprise 2′-O- methyl uridine. In some embodiments polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) comprise 2′-O-methyl uridine and 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C). In some embodiments, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) comprise N6-methyl-adenosine (m6A). In some embodiments, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) comprise N6-methyl-adenosine (m6A) and 5- methyl-cytidine (m5C). In some embodiments, polynucleotides (e.g., RNA polynucleotides, such as mRNA polynucleotides) are uniformly modified (e.g., fully modified, modified throughout the entire sequence) for a particular modification. For example, a polynucleotide can be uniformly modified with 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C), meaning that all cytosine residues in the mRNA sequence are replaced with 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C). Similarly, a polynucleotide can be uniformly modified for any type of nucleoside residue present in the sequence by replacement with a modified residue such as those set forth above. Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified cytosine include N4-acetyl- cytidine (ac4C), 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C), 5-halo-cytidine (e.g., 5-iodo-cytidine), 5- hydroxymethyl-cytidine (hm5C), 1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine, 2-thio-cytidine (s2C), and 2-thio- 5-methyl-cytidine. In some embodiments, a modified nucleobase is a modified uridine. Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified uridine include 5-cyano uridine, and 4′-thio uridine. In some embodiments, a modified nucleobase is a modified adenine. Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified adenine include 7-deaza-adenine, 1-methyl- adenosine (m1A), 2-methyl-adenine (m2A), and N6-methyl-adenosine (m6A). In some embodiments, a modified nucleobase is a modified guanine. Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified guanine include inosine (I), 1-methyl-inosine (m1I), wyosine (imG), methylwyosine (mimG), 7-deaza-guanosine, 7-cyano-7-deaza-guanosine (preQ0), 7-aminomethyl-7-deaza-guanosine (preQ1), 7-methyl-guanosine (m7G), 1-methyl- guanosine (m1G), 8-oxo-guanosine, 7-methyl-8-oxo-guanosine. The polynucleotides of the present disclosure may be partially or fully modified along the entire length of the molecule. For example, one or more or all or a given type of nucleotide (e.g., purine or pyrimidine, or any one or more or all of A, G, U, C) may be uniformly modified in a polynucleotide of the disclosure, or in a given predetermined sequence region thereof (e.g., in the mRNA including or excluding the polyA tail). In some embodiments, all nucleotides X in a polynucleotide of the present disclosure (or in a given sequence region thereof) are modified nucleotides, wherein X may any one of nucleotides A, G, U, C, or any one of the combinations A+G, A+U, A+C, G+U, G+C, U+C, A+G+U, A+G+C, G+U+C, or A+G+C. The polynucleotide may contain from about 1% to about 100% modified nucleotides (either in relation to overall nucleotide content, or in relation to one or more types of nucleotide, i.e., any one or more of A, G, U or C) or any intervening percentage (e.g., from 1% to 20%, from 1% to 25%, from 1% to 50%, from 1% to 60%, from 1% to 70%, from 1% to 80%, from 1% to 90%, from 1% to 95%, from 10% to 20%, from 10% to 25%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 95%, from 10% to 100%, from 20% to 25%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 60%, from 20% to 70%, from 20% to 80%, from 20% to 90%, from 20% to 95%, from 20% to 100%, from 50% to 60%, from 50% to 70%, from 50% to 80%, from 50% to 90%, from 50% to 95%, from 50% to 100%, from 70% to 80%, from 70% to 90%, from 70% to 95%, from 70% to 100%, from 80% to 90%, from 80% to 95%, from 80% to 100%, from 90% to 95%, from 90% to 100%, and from 95% to 100%). It will be understood that any remaining percentage is accounted for by the presence of unmodified A, G, U, or C. The polynucleotides may contain at a minimum 1% and at maximum 100% modified nucleotides, or any intervening percentage, such as at least 5% modified nucleotides, at least 10% modified nucleotides, at least 25% modified nucleotides, at least 50% modified nucleotides, at least 80% modified nucleotides, or at least 90% modified nucleotides. For example, the polynucleotides may contain a modified pyrimidine such as a modified uracil or cytosine. In some embodiments, at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 25%, at least 50%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% of the uracil in the polynucleotide is replaced with a modified uracil (e.g., a 5- substituted uracil). The modified uracil can be replaced by a compound having a single unique structure, or can be replaced by a plurality of compounds having different structures (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more unique structures). In some embodiments, at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 25%, at least 50%, at least 80%, at least 90%, or 100% of the cytosine in the polynucleotide is replaced with a modified cytosine (e.g., a 5-substituted cytosine). The modified cytosine can be replaced by a compound having a single unique structure or can be replaced by a plurality of compounds having different structures (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more unique structures). Thus, in some embodiments, the RNA treatments comprise a 5′UTR element, an optionally codon optimized open reading frame, and a 3′UTR element, a poly(A) sequence and/or a polyadenylation signal wherein the RNA is not chemically modified. In some embodiments, the modified nucleobase is a modified uracil. Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified uracil include pseudouridine (ψ), pyridin-4-one ribonucleoside, 5-aza-uridine, 6-aza-uridine, 2-thio-5-aza-uridine, 2-thio-uridine (s2U), 4-thio- uridine (s4U), 4-thio-pseudouridine, 2-thio-pseudouridine, 5-hydroxy-uridine (ho5U), 5- aminoallyl-uridine, 5-halo-uridine (e.g., 5-iodo-uridineor 5-bromo-uridine), 3-methyl-uridine (m3U), 5-methoxy-uridine (mo5U), uridine 5-oxyacetic acid (cmo5U), uridine 5-oxyacetic acid methyl ester (mcmo5U), 5-carboxymethyl-uridine (cm5U), 1-carboxymethyl-pseudouridine, 5- carboxyhydroxymethyl-uridine (chm5U), 5-carboxyhydroxymethyl-uridine methyl ester (mchm5U), 5-methoxycarbonylmethyl-uridine (mcm5U), 5-methoxycarbonylmethyl-2-thio- uridine (mcm5s2U), 5-aminomethyl-2-thio-uridine (nm5s2U), 5-methylaminomethyl-uridine (mnm5U), 5-methylaminomethyl-2-thio-uridine (mnm5s2U), 5-methylaminomethyl-2-seleno- uridine (mnm5se2U), 5-carbamoylmethyl-uridine (ncm5U), 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl- uridine (cmnm5U), 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thio-uridine (cmnm5s2U), 5-propynyl- uridine, 1-propynyl-pseudouridine, 5-taurinomethyl-uridine (τm5U), 1-taurinomethyl- pseudouridine, 5-taurinomethyl-2-thio-uridine(τm5s2U), 1-taurinomethyl-4-thio-pseudouridine, 5-methyl-uridine (m5U, i.e., having the nucleobase deoxythymine), 1-methyl-pseudouridine (m1ψ), 5-methyl-2-thio-uridine (m5s2U), 1-methyl-4-thio-pseudouridine (m1s4ψ), 4-thio-1- methyl-pseudouridine, 3-methyl-pseudouridine (m3ψ), 2-thio-1-methyl-pseudouridine, 1-methyl- 1-deaza-pseudouridine, 2-thio-1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudouridine, dihydrouridine (D), dihydropseudouridine, 5,6-dihydrouridine, 5-methyl-dihydrouridine (m5D), 2-thio- dihydrouridine, 2-thio-dihydropseudouridine, 2-methoxy-uridine, 2-methoxy-4-thio-uridine, 4- methoxy-pseudouridine, 4-methoxy-2-thio-pseudouridine, N1-methyl-pseudouridine, N1- ethylpseudouridine, 3-(3-amino-3-carboxypropyl)uridine (acp3U), 1-methyl-3-(3-amino-3- carboxypropyl)pseudouridine (acp3 ψ), 5-(isopentenylaminomethyl)uridine (inm5U), 5- (isopentenylaminomethyl)-2-thio-uridine (inm5s2U), α-thio-uridine, 2′-O-methyl-uridine (Um), 5,2′-O-dimethyl-uridine (m5Um), 2′-O-methyl-pseudouridine (ψm), 2-thio-2′-O-methyl-uridine (s2Um), 5-methoxycarbonylmethyl-2′-O-methyl-uridine (mcm5Um), 5-carbamoylmethyl-2′-O- methyl-uridine (ncm5Um), 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2′-O-methyl-uridine (cmnm5Um), 3,2′-O-dimethyl-uridine (m3Um), and 5-(isopentenylaminomethyl)-2′-O-methyl-uridine (inm5Um), 1-thio-uridine, deoxythymidine, 2′‐F‐ara‐uridine, 2′‐F‐uridine, 2′‐OH‐ara‐uridine, 5‐ (2‐carbomethoxyvinyl) uridine, and 5‐[3‐(1‐E‐propenylamino)]uridine. In some embodiments, the modified nucleobase is a modified cytosine. Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified cytosine include 5-aza-cytidine, 6-aza-cytidine, pseudoisocytidine, 3-methyl-cytidine (m3C), N4-acetyl-cytidine (ac4C), 5-formyl-cytidine (f5C), N4-methyl-cytidine (m4C), 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C), 5-halo-cytidine (e.g., 5-iodo-cytidine), 5- hydroxymethyl-cytidine (hm5C), 1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine, pyrrolo-cytidine, pyrrolo- pseudoisocytidine, 2-thio-cytidine (s2C), 2-thio-5-methyl-cytidine, 4-thio-pseudoisocytidine, 4- thio-1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine, 4-thio-1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudoisocytidine, 1-methyl-1-deaza- pseudoisocytidine, zebularine, 5-aza-zebularine, 5-methyl-zebularine, 5-aza-2-thio-zebularine, 2- thio-zebularine, 2-methoxy-cytidine, 2-methoxy-5-methyl-cytidine, 4-methoxy- pseudoisocytidine, 4-methoxy-1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine, lysidine (k2C), α-thio-cytidine, 2′-O- methyl-cytidine (Cm), 5,2′-O-dimethyl-cytidine (m5Cm), N4-acetyl-2′-O-methyl-cytidine (ac4Cm), N4,2′-O-dimethyl-cytidine (m4Cm), 5-formyl-2′-O-methyl-cytidine (f5Cm), N4,N4,2′- O-trimethyl-cytidine (m42Cm), 1-thio-cytidine, 2′‐F‐ara‐cytidine, 2′‐F‐cytidine, and 2′‐OH‐ara‐ cytidine. In some embodiments, the modified nucleobase is a modified adenine. Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified adenine include 2-amino-purine, 2, 6- diaminopurine, 2-amino-6-halo-purine (e.g., 2-amino-6-chloro-purine), 6-halo-purine (e.g., 6- chloro-purine), 2-amino-6-methyl-purine, 8-azido-adenosine, 7-deaza-adenine, 7-deaza-8-aza- adenine, 7-deaza-2-amino-purine, 7-deaza-8-aza-2-amino-purine, 7-deaza-2,6-diaminopurine, 7- deaza-8-aza-2,6-diaminopurine, 1-methyl-adenosine (m1A), 2-methyl-adenine (m2A), N6- methyl-adenosine (m6A), 2-methylthio-N6-methyl-adenosine (ms2m6A), N6-isopentenyl- adenosine (i6A), 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyl-adenosine (ms2i6A), N6-(cis- hydroxyisopentenyl)adenosine (io6A), 2-methylthio-N6-(cis-hydroxyisopentenyl)adenosine (ms2io6A), N6-glycinylcarbamoyl-adenosine (g6A), N6-threonylcarbamoyl-adenosine (t6A), N6-methyl-N6-threonylcarbamoyl-adenosine (m6t6A), 2-methylthio-N6-threonylcarbamoyl- adenosine (ms2g6A), N6,N6-dimethyl-adenosine (m62A), N6-hydroxynorvalylcarbamoyl- adenosine (hn6A), 2-methylthio-N6-hydroxynorvalylcarbamoyl-adenosine (ms2hn6A), N6- acetyl-adenosine (ac6A), 7-methyl-adenine, 2-methylthio-adenine, 2-methoxy-adenine, α-thio- adenosine, 2′-O-methyl-adenosine (Am), N6,2′-O-dimethyl-adenosine (m6Am), N6,N6,2′-O- trimethyl-adenosine (m62Am), 1,2′-O-dimethyl-adenosine (m1Am), 2′-O-ribosyladenosine (phosphate) (Ar(p)), 2-amino-N6-methyl-purine, 1-thio-adenosine, 8-azido-adenosine, 2′‐F‐ara‐ adenosine, 2′‐F‐adenosine, 2′‐OH‐ara‐adenosine, and N6‐(19‐amino‐pentaoxanonadecyl)- adenosine. In some embodiments, the modified nucleobase is a modified guanine. Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified guanine include inosine (I), 1-methyl-inosine (m1I), wyosine (imG), methylwyosine (mimG), 4-demethyl-wyosine (imG-14), isowyosine (imG2), wybutosine (yW), peroxywybutosine (o2yW), hydroxywybutosine (OhyW), undermodified hydroxywybutosine (OhyW*), 7-deaza-guanosine, queuosine (Q), epoxyqueuosine (oQ), galactosyl-queuosine (galQ), mannosyl-queuosine (manQ), 7-cyano-7- deaza-guanosine (preQ0), 7-aminomethyl-7-deaza-guanosine (preQ1), archaeosine (G+), 7- deaza-8-aza-guanosine, 6-thio-guanosine, 6-thio-7-deaza-guanosine, 6-thio-7-deaza-8-aza- guanosine, 7-methyl-guanosine (m7G), 6-thio-7-methyl-guanosine, 7-methyl-inosine, 6- methoxy-guanosine, 1-methyl-guanosine (m1G), N2-methyl-guanosine (m2G), N2,N2-dimethyl- guanosine (m22G), N2,7-dimethyl-guanosine (m2,7G), N2, N2,7-dimethyl-guanosine (m2,2,7G), 8-oxo-guanosine, 7-methyl-8-oxo-guanosine, 1-methyl-6-thio-guanosine, N2-methyl-6-thio- guanosine, N2,N2-dimethyl-6-thio-guanosine, α-thio-guanosine, 2′-O-methyl-guanosine (Gm), N2-methyl-2′-O-methyl-guanosine (m2Gm), N2,N2-dimethyl-2′-O-methyl-guanosine (m22Gm), 1-methyl-2′-O-methyl-guanosine (m1Gm), N2,7-dimethyl-2′-O-methyl-guanosine (m2,7Gm), 2′- O-methyl-inosine (Im), 1,2′-O-dimethyl-inosine (m1Im), 2′-O-ribosylguanosine (phosphate) (Gr(p)) , 1-thio-guanosine, O6-methyl-guanosine, 2′‐F‐ara‐guanosine, and 2′‐F‐guanosine. Antibodies and antigen binding fragments thereof of the present disclosure comprise at least one RNA polynucleotide, such as an mRNA (e.g., modified mRNA). mRNA, for example, is transcribed in vitro from template DNA, referred to as an “in vitro transcription template.” In some embodiments, an in vitro transcription template encodes a 5′ untranslated (UTR) region, contains an open reading frame, and encodes a 3′ UTR and a polyA tail. The particular nucleic acid sequence composition and length of an in vitro transcription template will depend on the mRNA encoded by the template. Sequence Optimization In some embodiments, an ORF encoding an antigen of the disclosure is codon optimized. Codon optimization methods are known in the art. For example, an ORF of any one or more of the sequences provided herein may be codon optimized. Codon optimization, in some embodiments, may be used to match codon frequencies in target and host organisms to ensure proper folding; bias GC content to increase mRNA stability or reduce secondary structures; minimize tandem repeat codons or base runs that may impair gene construction or expression; customize transcriptional and translational control regions; insert or remove protein trafficking sequences; remove/add post translation modification sites in encoded protein (e.g., glycosylation sites); add, remove or shuffle protein domains; insert or delete restriction sites; modify ribosome binding sites and mRNA degradation sites; adjust translational rates to allow the various domains of the protein to fold properly; or reduce or eliminate problem secondary structures within the polynucleotide. Codon optimization tools, algorithms and services are known in the art – non- limiting examples include services from GeneArt (Life Technologies), DNA2.0 (Menlo Park CA) and/or proprietary methods. In some embodiments, the open reading frame (ORF) sequence is optimized using optimization algorithms. In some embodiments, a codon optimized sequence shares less than 95% sequence identity to a naturally-occurring or wild-type sequence ORF (e.g., a naturally-occurring or wild- type mRNA sequence encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or an Enterovirus 3C protease). In some embodiments, a codon optimized sequence shares less than 90% sequence identity to a naturally-occurring or wild-type sequence (e.g., a naturally-occurring or wild-type mRNA sequence encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or an Enterovirus 3C protease). In some embodiments, a codon optimized sequence shares less than 85% sequence identity to a naturally-occurring or wild-type sequence (e.g., a naturally-occurring or wild-type mRNA sequence encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or an Enterovirus 3C protease). In some embodiments, a codon optimized sequence shares less than 80% sequence identity to a naturally-occurring or wild-type sequence (e.g., a naturally-occurring or wild-type mRNA sequence encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or an Enterovirus 3C protease). In some embodiments, a codon optimized sequence shares less than 75% sequence identity to a naturally-occurring or wild-type sequence (e.g., a naturally-occurring or wild-type mRNA sequence encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or an Enterovirus 3C protease). In some embodiments, a codon optimized sequence shares between 65% and 85% (e.g., between about 67% and about 85% or between about 67% and about 80%) sequence identity to a naturally-occurring or wild-type sequence (e.g., a naturally-occurring or wild-type mRNA sequence encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or an Enterovirus 3C protease). In some embodiments, a codon optimized sequence shares between 65% and 75% or about 80% sequence identity to a naturally-occurring or wild-type sequence (e.g., a naturally-occurring or wild-type mRNA sequence encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or an Enterovirus 3C protease). In some embodiments, a codon-optimized sequence encodes a an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or an Enterovirus 3C protease that is as immunogenic as, or more immunogenic than (e.g., at least 10%, at least 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 100%, or at least 200% more), than a an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or an Enterovirus 3C protease encoded by a non-codon-optimized sequence. When transfected into mammalian host cells, the modified mRNAs have a stability of between 12-18 hours, or greater than 18 hours, e.g., 24, 36, 48, 60, 72, or greater than 72 hours and are capable of being expressed by the mammalian host cells. In some embodiments, a codon optimized RNA may be one in which the levels of G/C are enhanced. The G/C-content of nucleic acid molecules (e.g., mRNA) may influence the stability of the RNA. RNA having an increased amount of guanine (G) and/or cytosine (C) residues may be functionally more stable than RNA containing a large amount of adenine (A) and thymine (T) or uracil (U) nucleotides. As an example, WO02/098443 discloses a pharmaceutical composition containing an mRNA stabilized by sequence modifications in the translated region. Due to the degeneracy of the genetic code, the modifications work by substituting existing codons for those that promote greater RNA stability without changing the resulting amino acid. The approach is limited to coding regions of the RNA. Chemically Unmodified Nucleotides In some embodiments, an RNA (e.g., mRNA) is not chemically modified and comprises the standard ribonucleotides consisting of adenosine, guanosine, cytosine and uridine. In some embodiments, nucleotides and nucleosides of the present disclosure comprise standard nucleoside residues such as those present in transcribed RNA (e.g. A, G, C, or U). In some embodiments, nucleotides and nucleosides of the present disclosure comprise standard deoxyribonucleosides such as those present in DNA (e.g. dA, dG, dC, or dT). Chemical Modifications The compositions of the present disclosure comprise, in some embodiments, an RNA having an open reading frame encoding a coronavirus antigen, wherein the nucleic acid comprises nucleotides and/or nucleosides that can be standard (unmodified) or modified as is known in the art. In some embodiments, nucleotides and nucleosides of the present disclosure comprise modified nucleotides or nucleosides. Such modified nucleotides and nucleosides can be naturally-occurring modified nucleotides and nucleosides or non-naturally occurring modified nucleotides and nucleosides. Such modifications can include those at the sugar, backbone, or nucleobase portion of the nucleotide and/or nucleoside as are recognized in the art. In some embodiments, a naturally-occurring modified nucleotide or nucleotide of the disclosure is one as is generally known or recognized in the art. Non-limiting examples of such naturally occurring modified nucleotides and nucleotides can be found, inter alia, in the widely recognized MODOMICS database. In some embodiments, a non-naturally occurring modified nucleotide or nucleoside of the disclosure is one as is generally known or recognized in the art. Non-limiting examples of such non-naturally occurring modified nucleotides and nucleosides can be found, inter alia, in published US application Nos. PCT/US2012/058519; PCT/US2013/075177; PCT/US2014/058897; PCT/US2014/058891; PCT/US2014/070413; PCT/US2015/036773; PCT/US2015/036759; PCT/US2015/036771; or PCT/IB2017/051367 all of which are incorporated by reference herein. Hence, nucleic acids of the disclosure (e.g., DNA nucleic acids and RNA nucleic acids, such as mRNA nucleic acids) can comprise standard nucleotides and nucleosides, naturally- occurring nucleotides and nucleosides, non-naturally-occurring nucleotides and nucleosides, or any combination thereof. Nucleic acids of the disclosure (e.g., DNA nucleic acids and RNA nucleic acids, such as mRNA nucleic acids), in some embodiments, comprise various (more than one) different types of standard and/or modified nucleotides and nucleosides. In some embodiments, a particular region of a nucleic acid contains one, two or more (optionally different) types of standard and/or modified nucleotides and nucleosides. In some embodiments, a modified RNA nucleic acid (e.g., a modified mRNA nucleic acid), introduced to a cell or organism, exhibits reduced degradation in the cell or organism, respectively, relative to an unmodified nucleic acid comprising standard nucleotides and nucleosides. In some embodiments, a modified RNA nucleic acid (e.g., a modified mRNA nucleic acid), introduced into a cell or organism, may exhibit reduced immunogenicity in the cell or organism, respectively (e.g., a reduced innate response) relative to an unmodified nucleic acid comprising standard nucleotides and nucleosides. Nucleic acids (e.g., RNA nucleic acids, such as mRNA nucleic acids), in some embodiments, comprise non-natural modified nucleotides that are introduced during synthesis or post-synthesis of the nucleic acids to achieve desired functions or properties. The modifications may be present on internucleotide linkages, purine or pyrimidine bases, or sugars. The modification may be introduced with chemical synthesis or with a polymerase enzyme at the terminal of a chain or anywhere else in the chain. Any of the regions of a nucleic acid may be chemically modified. The present disclosure provides for modified nucleosides and nucleotides of a nucleic acid (e.g., RNA nucleic acids, such as mRNA nucleic acids). A “nucleoside” refers to a compound containing a sugar molecule (e.g., a pentose or ribose) or a derivative thereof in combination with an organic base (e.g., a purine or pyrimidine) or a derivative thereof (also referred to herein as “nucleobase”). A “nucleotide” refers to a nucleoside, including a phosphate group. Modified nucleotides may by synthesized by any useful method, such as, for example, chemically, enzymatically, or recombinantly, to include one or more modified or non-natural nucleosides. Nucleic acids can comprise a region or regions of linked nucleosides. Such regions may have variable backbone linkages. The linkages can be standard phosphodiester linkages, in which case the nucleic acids would comprise regions of nucleotides. Modified nucleotide base pairing encompasses not only the standard adenosine-thymine, adenosine-uracil, or guanosine-cytosine base pairs, but also base pairs formed between nucleotides and/or modified nucleotides comprising non-standard or modified bases, wherein the arrangement of hydrogen bond donors and hydrogen bond acceptors permits hydrogen bonding between a non-standard base and a standard base or between two complementary non-standard base structures, such as, for example, in those nucleic acids having at least one chemical modification. One example of such non-standard base pairing is the base pairing between the modified nucleotide inosine and adenine, cytosine or uracil. Any combination of base/sugar or linker may be incorporated into nucleic acids of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, modified nucleobases in nucleic acids (e.g., RNA nucleic acids, such as mRNA nucleic acids) comprise 1-methyl-pseudouridine (m1ψ), 1-ethyl-pseudouridine (e1ψ), 5-methoxy-uridine (mo5U), 5-methyl-cytidine (m5C), and/or pseudouridine (ψ). In some embodiments, modified nucleobases in nucleic acids (e.g., RNA nucleic acids, such as mRNA nucleic acids) comprise 5-methoxymethyl uridine, 5-methylthio uridine, 1-methoxymethyl pseudouridine, 5-methyl cytidine, and/or 5-methoxy cytidine. In some embodiments, the polyribonucleotide includes a combination of at least two (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more) of any of the aforementioned modified nucleobases, including but not limited to chemical modifications. In some embodiments, a mRNA of the disclosure comprises 1-methyl-pseudouridine (m1ψ) substitutions at one or more or all uridine positions of the nucleic acid. In some embodiments, a mRNA of the disclosure comprises 1-methyl-pseudouridine (m1ψ) substitutions at one or more or all uridine positions of the nucleic acid and 5-methyl cytidine substitutions at one or more or all cytidine positions of the nucleic acid. In some embodiments, a mRNA of the disclosure comprises pseudouridine (ψ) substitutions at one or more or all uridine positions of the nucleic acid. In some embodiments, a mRNA of the disclosure comprises pseudouridine (ψ) substitutions at one or more or all uridine positions of the nucleic acid and 5-methyl cytidine substitutions at one or more or all cytidine positions of the nucleic acid. In some embodiments, a mRNA of the disclosure comprises uridine at one or more or all uridine positions of the nucleic acid. In some embodiments, mRNAs are uniformly modified (e.g., fully modified, modified throughout the entire sequence) for a particular modification. For example, a nucleic acid can be uniformly modified with 1-methyl-pseudouridine, meaning that all uridine residues in the mRNA sequence are replaced with 1-methyl-pseudouridine. Similarly, a nucleic acid can be uniformly modified for any type of nucleoside residue present in the sequence by replacement with a modified residue such as those set forth above. The nucleic acids of the present disclosure may be partially or fully modified along the entire length of the molecule. For example, one or more or all or a given type of nucleotide (e.g., purine or pyrimidine, or any one or more or all of A, G, U, C) may be uniformly modified in a nucleic acid of the disclosure, or in a predetermined sequence region thereof (e.g., in the mRNA including or excluding the poly(A) tail). In some embodiments, all nucleotides X in a nucleic acid of the present disclosure (or in a sequence region thereof) are modified nucleotides, wherein X may be any one of nucleotides A, G, U, C, or any one of the combinations A+G, A+U, A+C, G+U, G+C, U+C, A+G+U, A+G+C, G+U+C or A+G+C. The nucleic acid may contain from about 1% to about 100% modified nucleotides (either in relation to overall nucleotide content, or in relation to one or more types of nucleotide, i.e., any one or more of A, G, U or C) or any intervening percentage (e.g., from 1% to 20%, from 1% to 25%, from 1% to 50%, from 1% to 60%, from 1% to 70%, from 1% to 80%, from 1% to 90%, from 1% to 95%, from 10% to 20%, from 10% to 25%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 95%, from 10% to 100%, from 20% to 25%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 60%, from 20% to 70%, from 20% to 80%, from 20% to 90%, from 20% to 95%, from 20% to 100%, from 50% to 60%, from 50% to 70%, from 50% to 80%, from 50% to 90%, from 50% to 95%, from 50% to 100%, from 70% to 80%, from 70% to 90%, from 70% to 95%, from 70% to 100%, from 80% to 90%, from 80% to 95%, from 80% to 100%, from 90% to 95%, from 90% to 100%, and from 95% to 100%). It will be understood that any remaining percentage is accounted for by the presence of unmodified A, G, U, or C. The mRNAs may contain at a minimum 1% and at maximum 100% modified nucleotides, or any intervening percentage, such as at least 5% modified nucleotides, at least 10% modified nucleotides, at least 25% modified nucleotides, at least 50% modified nucleotides, at least 80% modified nucleotides, or at least 90% modified nucleotides. For example, the nucleic acids may contain a modified pyrimidine such as a modified uracil or cytosine. In some embodiments, at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 25%, at least 50%, at least 80%, at least 90% or 100% of the uracil in the nucleic acid is replaced with a modified uracil (e.g., a 5-substituted uracil). The modified uracil can be replaced by a compound having a single unique structure, or can be replaced by a plurality of compounds having different structures (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more unique structures). In some embodiments, at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 25%, at least 50%, at least 80%, at least 90% or 100% of the cytosine in the nucleic acid is replaced with a modified cytosine (e.g., a 5-substituted cytosine). The modified cytosine can be replaced by a compound having a single unique structure, or can be replaced by a plurality of compounds having different structures (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more unique structures). Untranslated Regions (UTRs) The mRNAs of the present disclosure may comprise one or more regions or parts which act or function as an untranslated region. A “5′ untranslated region” (UTR) refers to a region of an mRNA that is directly upstream (i.e., 5′) from the start codon (i.e., the first codon of an mRNA transcript translated by a ribosome) that does not encode a polypeptide. A “3′ untranslated region” (UTR) refers to a region of an mRNA that is directly downstream (i.e., 3′) from the open reading frame (e.g., downstream from the last amino acid-encoding codon of an open reading frame, where the stop codon is considered part of the 3′ UTR, or downstream from the first stop codon signaling translation termination, where that stop codon is considered part of the open reading frame), and which does not encode a polypeptide. When RNA transcripts are being generated, the 5’ UTR may comprise a promoter sequence. Such promoter sequences are known in the art. It should be understood that such promoter sequences will not be present in a vaccine of the disclosure. Where mRNAs encode a (at least one) protein, the mRNA may comprise a 5’ UTR and/or 3’ UTR. UTRs of an mRNA are transcribed but not translated. In mRNA, the 5′ UTR starts at the transcription start site and continues to the start codon but does not include the start codon; the 3′ UTR starts immediately following the open reading frame and continues until the transcriptional termination signal. Where an open reading frame ends with a codon encoding an amino acid, the 3′ UTR begins with a stop codon, such that no amino acids are added to a polypeptide beyond the last amino acid encoded by the open reading frame. A 3′ UTR may further comprise one or more stop codons. There is a growing body of evidence about the regulatory roles played by the UTRs in terms of stability of the nucleic acid molecule and translation. The regulatory features of a UTR can be incorporated into the polynucleotides of the present disclosure to, among other things, enhance the stability of the molecule. The specific features can also be incorporated to ensure controlled down-regulation of the transcript in case they are misdirected to undesired organs sites. A variety of 5’ UTR and 3’ UTR sequences are known. In some embodiments, the 5′ UTR comprises a sequence provided in Table 2 or a sequence with at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% identity to a 5′ UTR sequence provided in Table 2, or a variant or a fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the 3′ UTR comprises a sequence provided in Table 3 or a sequence with at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or 100% identity to a 3′ UTR sequence provided in Table 3, or a variant or a fragment thereof. It should also be understood that the mRNA of the present disclosure may include any 5’ UTR and/or any 3’ UTR. Exemplary UTR sequences include those described in this section; however, other UTR sequences may be used or exchanged for any of the UTR sequences described herein. In some embodiments, a 5' UTR comprises a sequence selected from: GGGAAAUAAGAGAGAAAAGAAGAGUAAGAAGAAAUAUAAGAGCCACC (SEQ ID NO: 21), GGGAAAUAAGAGAGAAAAGAAGAGUAAGAAGAAAUAUAAGACCCCGGCGCCGCCACC (SEQ ID NO: 2), GAGGAAAUCGCAAAAUUUGCUCUUCGCGUUAGAUUUCUUUUAGUUUUCUCGCAACUAGC AAGCUUUUUGUUCUCGCC (SEQ ID NO: 66), and GGAAAUCGCAAAAUUUGCUCUUCGCGUUAGAUUUCUUUUAGUUUUCUCGCAACUAGCAA GCUUUUUGUUCUCGCC (SEQ ID NO: 22). In some embodiments, a 3′ UTR comprises, in 5′-to- 3′ order: (a) the nucleic acid sequence UAAAGCUCCCCGGGGGCCUCGGUGGCCUAGCUUCUUGCCCCUUGGGCCUCCCCCCAGCCCC UCCUCCCCUUCCUGCAG (SEQ ID NO: 68), (b) an identification and ratio determination (IDR) sequence, and (c) the nucleic acid sequence UGGUCUUUGAAUAAAGUCUGAGUGGGCGGC (SEQ ID NO: 69). In some embodiments, each mRNA encoding a distinct protein (i.e., having a different amino acid sequence from proteins encoded by other mRNAs in a composition) comprises a 3′ UTR comprising, in 5′-to-3′ order: (a) the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 68; (b) a distinct IDR sequence; and (c) the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 69. IDR sequences are described herein in the section entitled “Identification and Ratio Determination (IDR) Sequences.” In some embodiments, a 5′ UTR comprises a sequence derived from a 5′ UTR of a gene selected from HSD17B4, RPL32, ASAH1, ATP5A1, MP68, NDUFA4, NOSIP, RPL31, SLC7A3, TUBB4B and UBQLN2. In some embodiments, the 5′ UTR comprises a sequence derived from the 5′ UTR of human hydroxysteroid 17-beta dehydrogenase 4 (HSD17B4). In some embodiments, a 5′ UTR comprises the sequence GGGAGAGUCCCGCAGUCGGCGUCCAGCGGCUCUGCUUGUUCGUGUGUGUGUCGUUGCAGG CCUUAUUCAAGCUUACC (SEQ ID NO: 70). In some embodiments, a 5′ UTR comprises the sequence GUCCCGCAGUCGGCGUCCAGCGGCUCUGCUUGUUCGUGUGUGUGUCGUUGCAGGCCUUAU UC (SEQ ID NO: 71). In some embodiments, a 5′ UTR comprises the sequence GGGAGAAAGCUUACC (SEQ ID NO: 72). In some embodiments, a 3′ UTR comprises a sequence derived from a 3′ UTR of a gene selected from PSMB3, ALB7, alpha-globin, CASP1, COX6B1, GNAS, NDUFA1 and RPS9. In some embodiments, a 3′ UTR comprises a sequence derived from a 3′ UTR of PSMB3 (proteasome 20S subunit beta 3). In some embodiments, a 3′ UTR comprises a sequence derived from a 3′ UTR of alpha-globin (MUAG). In some embodiments, a 3′ UTR comprises the sequence AGGACUAGUCCCUGUUCCCAGAGCCCACUUUUUUUUCUUUUUUUGAAAUAAAAUAGCCUG UCUUUCAGAUCU (SEQ ID NO: 73). In some embodiments, a 3′ UTR comprises the sequence GGACUAGUUAUAAGACUGACUAGCCCGAUGGGCCUCCCAACGGGCCCUCCUCCCCUCCUU GCACCGAGAUUAAU (SEQ ID NO: 74). In some embodiments, the mRNA comprises a 5′ UTR comprising the nucleotide sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 70–72, an open reading frame, one or more stop codons, and a 3′ UTR comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 73 or SEQ ID NO: 74. In some embodiments, the mRNA further comprises a polyA sequence comprising at least 64 consecutive adenosine nucleotides. In some embodiments, the mRNA further comprises a polyC sequence comprising at least 30 consecutive cytidine nucleotides. In some embodiments, a 5′ UTR comprises the sequence AACUAGUAUUCUUCUGGUCCCCACAGACUCAGAGAGAACCCGCCACC (SEQ ID NO: 75). In some embodiments, a 5′ UTR comprises the sequence GAGAAUAAACUAGUAUUCUUCUGGUCCCCACAGACUCAGAGAGAACCCGCCACC (SEQ ID NO: 76). In some embodiments, a 3′ UTR comprises the sequence CUGGUACUGCAUGCACGCAAUGCUAGCUGCCCCUUUCCCGUCCUGGGUACCCCGAGUCUC CCCCGACCUCGGGUCCCAGGUAUGCUCCCACCUCCACCUGCCCCACUCACCACCUCUGCUA GUUCCAGACACCUCCCAAGCACGCAGCAAUGCAGCUCAAAACGCUUAGCCUAGCCACACC CCCACGGGAAACAGCAGUGAUUAACCUUUAGCAAUAAACGAAAGUUUAACUAAGCUAUA CUAACCCCAGGGUUGGUCAAUUUCGUGCCAGCCACACC (SEQ ID NO: 77). In some embodiments, a 3′ UTR comprises the sequence CUCGAGCUGGUACUGCAUGCACGCAAUGCUAGCUGCCCCUUUCCCGUCCUGGGUACCCCG AGUCUCCCCCGACCUCGGGUCCCAGGUAUGCUCCCACCUCCACCUGCCCCACUCACCACCU CUGCUAGUUCCAGACACCUCCCAAGCACGCAGCAAUGCAGCUCAAAACGCUUAGCCUAGC CACACCCCCACGGGAAACAGCAGUGAUUAACCUUUAGCAAUAAACGAAAGUUUAACUAAG CUAUACUAACCCCAGGGUUGGUCAAUUUCGUGCCAGCCACACCCUGGAGCUAGC (SEQ ID NO: 78). In some embodiments, a 3′ UTR comprises the sequence CUGGUACUGCAUGCACGCAAUGCUAGCUGCCCCUUUCCCGUCCUGGGUACCCCGAGUCUC CCCCGACCUCGGGUCCCAGGUAUGCUCCCACCUCCACCUGCCCCACUCACCACCUCUGCUA GUUCCAGACACCUCCCAAGCACGCAGCAAUGCAGCUCAAAACGCUUAGCCUAGCCACACC CCCACGGGAAACAGCAGUGAUUAACCUUUAGCAAUAAACGAAAGUUUAACUAAGCUAUA CUAACCCCAGGGUUGGUCAAUUUCGUGCCAGCCACACCCUGGAGCUAGC (SEQ ID NO: 79). In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises a 5′ UTR comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 75 or SEQ ID NO: 76, an open reading frame, one or more stop codons, and a 3′ UTR comprising the nucleotide sequence of any one of SEQ ID NOs: 77–79. In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises a 5′ UTR comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 76, an open reading frame, one or more stop codons, and a 3′ UTR comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 78. In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises a 5′ UTR comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 76, an open reading frame, the nucleotide sequence UGAUGA, and a 3′ UTR comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 78. In some embodiments, the mRNA further comprises two poly(A) sequences separated by an intervening nucleotide sequence. In some embodiments, the mRNA further comprises the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 80. In some embodiments, a 5′ UTR comprises the sequence GAGGAGACCCAAGCUACAUUUGCUUCUGACACAACUGUGUUCACUAGCAACCUCAAACAG ACACCGCCACC (SEQ ID NO: 81). In some embodiments, a 3′ UTR comprises the sequence GCUCGCUUUCUUGCUGUCCAAUUUCUAUUAAAGGUUCCUUUGUUCCCUAAGUCCAACUAC UAAACUGGGGGAUAUUAUGAAGGGCCUUGAGCAUCUGGAUUCUGCCUAAUAAAAAACAU UUAUUUUCAUUGC (SEQ ID NO: 82). In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises a 5′ UTR comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 81, an open reading frame, one or more stop codons, and a 3′ UTR comprising the nucleotide sequence of SEQ ID NO: 82. In some embodiments, the mRNA further comprises a polyA tail comprising 109 consecutive adenosine nucleotides. UTRs may also be omitted from the mRNA described herein. A 5 ^ UTR does not encode a protein (is non-coding). Natural 5′ UTRs have features that play roles in translation initiation. They harbor signatures like Kozak sequences which are commonly known to be involved in the process by which the ribosome initiates translation of many genes. Kozak sequences have the consensus CCRCCAUGG, where R is a purine (adenine or guanine) three bases upstream of the start codon (AUG), which is followed by another 'G'.5′UTR also have been known to form secondary structures which are involved in elongation factor binding. In some embodiments of the disclosure, a 5’ UTR is a heterologous UTR, i.e., is a UTR found in nature associated with a different ORF. In other embodiments, a 5’ UTR is a synthetic UTR, i.e., does not occur in nature. Synthetic UTRs include UTRs that have been mutated to improve their properties, e.g., which increase gene expression as well as those which are completely synthetic. Exemplary 5’ UTRs include Xenopus or human derived a-globin or b- globin (8278063; 9012219), human cytochrome b-245 a polypeptide, and hydroxysteroid (17b) dehydrogenase, and Tobacco etch virus (US8278063, US9012219). CMV immediate-early 1 (IE1) gene (US2014/0206753, WO2013/185069), the sequence GGGAUCCUACC (SEQ ID NO: 51) (WO 2014/144196) may also be used. In other embodiments, a 5' UTR is a 5' UTR of a TOP gene lacking the 5' TOP motif (the oligopyrimidine tract) (e.g., WO2015/101414, WO2015/101415, WO2015/062738, WO2015/024667, WO2015/024667); 5' UTR element derived from ribosomal protein Large 32 (L32) gene (WO/2015101414, WO2015101415, WO/2015/062738), 5' UTR element derived from the 5' UTR of an hydroxysteroid (17-β) dehydrogenase 4 gene (HSD17B4) (WO2015/024667), or a 5' UTR element derived from the 5' UTR of ATP5A1 (WO2015/024667) can be used. In some embodiments, an internal ribosome entry site (IRES) is used instead of a 5' UTR. A 3 ^ UTR does not encode a protein (is non-coding). Natural or wild type 3′ UTRs are known to have stretches of adenosines and uridines embedded in them. These AU rich signatures are particularly prevalent in genes with high rates of turnover. Based on their sequence features and functional properties, the AU rich elements (AREs) can be separated into three classes (Chen et al, 1995): Class I AREs contain several dispersed copies of an AUUUA motif within U-rich regions. C-Myc and MyoD contain class I AREs. Class II AREs possess two or more overlapping UUAUUUA(U/A)(U/A) nonamers. Molecules containing this type of AREs include GM-CSF and TNF-a. Class III ARES are less well defined. These U rich regions do not contain an AUUUA motif. c-Jun and Myogenin are two well-studied examples of this class. Most proteins binding to the AREs are known to destabilize the messenger, whereas members of the ELAV family, most notably HuR, have been documented to increase the stability of mRNA. HuR binds to AREs of all the three classes. Engineering the HuR specific binding sites into the 3′ UTR of nucleic acid molecules will lead to HuR binding and thus, stabilization of the message in vivo. Introduction, removal or modification of 3′ UTR AU rich elements (AREs) can be used to modulate the stability of mRNA of the disclosure. When engineering specific nucleic acids, one or more copies of an ARE can be introduced to make nucleic acids of the disclosure less stable and thereby curtail translation and decrease production of the resultant protein. Likewise, AREs can be identified and removed or mutated to increase the intracellular stability and thus increase translation and production of the resultant protein. Transfection experiments can be conducted in relevant cell lines, using nucleic acids of the disclosure and protein production can be assayed at various time points post-transfection. For example, cells can be transfected with different ARE- engineering molecules and by using an ELISA kit to the relevant protein and assaying protein produced at 6 hours, 12 hours, 1 day, 2 days, and 7 days post-transfection. Those of ordinary skill in the art will understand that 5’ UTRs that are heterologous or synthetic may be used with any desired 3’ UTR sequence. For example, a heterologous or synthetic 5’ UTR may be used with a synthetic 3’ UTR or with a heterologous 3’ UTR. Non-UTR sequences may also be used as regions or subregions within a nucleic acid. For example, introns or portions of introns sequences may be incorporated into regions of nucleic acid of the disclosure. Incorporation of intronic sequences may increase protein production as well as nucleic acid levels. Combinations of features may be included in flanking regions and may be contained within other features. For example, the ORF may be flanked by a 5′ UTR which may contain a strong Kozak translational initiation signal and/or a 3' UTR which may include an oligo(dT) sequence for templated addition of a poly-A tail. A 5′ UTR may comprise a first polynucleotide fragment and a second polynucleotide fragment from the same and/or different genes such as the 5′ UTRs described in US2010/0293625 and WO2015/085318A2, each of which is herein incorporated by reference. It should be understood that any UTR from any gene may be incorporated into the regions of a nucleic acid. Furthermore, multiple wild-type UTRs of any known gene may be utilized. It is also within the scope of the present disclosure to provide artificial UTRs which are not variants of wild type regions. These UTRs or portions thereof may be placed in the same orientation as in the transcript from which they were selected or may be altered in orientation or location. Hence a 5′ or 3′ UTR may be inverted, shortened, lengthened, made with one or more other 5′ UTRs or 3′ UTRs. As used herein, the term “altered” as it relates to a UTR sequence, means that the UTR has been changed in some way in relation to a reference sequence. For example, a 3′ UTR or 5′ UTR may be altered relative to a wild-type/native UTR by the change in orientation or location as taught above or may be altered by the inclusion of additional nucleotides, deletion of nucleotides, swapping or transposition of nucleotides. Any of these changes producing an “altered” UTR (whether 3′ or 5′) comprise a variant UTR. In some embodiments, a double, triple or quadruple UTR such as a 5′ UTR or 3′ UTR may be used. As used herein, a “double” UTR is one in which two copies of the same UTR are encoded either in series or substantially in series. For example, a double beta-globin 3′ UTR may be used as described in US2010/0129877, which is incorporated herein by reference. It is also within the scope of the present disclosure to have patterned UTRs. As used herein “patterned UTRs” are those UTRs which reflect a repeating or alternating pattern, such as ABABAB or AABBAABBAABB or ABCABCABC or variants thereof repeated once, twice, or more than 3 times. In these patterns, each letter, A, B, or C represent a different UTR at the nucleotide level. In some embodiments, flanking regions are selected from a family of transcripts whose proteins share a common function, structure, feature, or property. For example, polypeptides of interest may belong to a family of proteins which are expressed in a particular cell, tissue or at some time during development. The UTRs from any of these genes may be swapped for any other UTR of the same or different family of proteins to create a new polynucleotide. As used herein, a “family of proteins” is used in the broadest sense to refer to a group of two or more polypeptides of interest which share at least one function, structure, feature, localization, origin, or expression pattern. The untranslated region may also include translation enhancer elements (TEE). As a non- limiting example, the TEE may include those described in US 2009/0226470, herein incorporated by reference, and those known in the art. In vitro Transcription of RNA cDNA encoding the polynucleotides described herein may be transcribed using an in vitro transcription (IVT) system. In vitro transcription of RNA is known in the art and is described in International Publication WO 2014/152027, which is incorporated by reference herein in its entirety. In some embodiments, the RNA of the present disclosure is prepared in accordance with any one or more of the methods described in WO 2018/053209 and WO 2019/036682, each of which is incorporated by reference herein. In some embodiments, the RNA transcript is generated using a non-amplified, linearized DNA template in an in vitro transcription reaction to generate the RNA transcript. In some embodiments, the template DNA is isolated DNA. In some embodiments, the template DNA is cDNA. In some embodiments, the cDNA is formed by reverse transcription of a RNA polynucleotide, for example, but not limited to coronavirus mRNA. In some embodiments, cells, e.g., bacterial cells, e.g., E. coli, e.g., DH-1 cells are transfected with the plasmid DNA template. In some embodiments, the transfected cells are cultured to replicate the plasmid DNA which is then isolated and purified. In some embodiments, the DNA template includes a RNA polymerase promoter, e.g., a T7 promoter located 5 ' to and operably linked to the gene of interest. In some embodiments, an in vitro transcription template encodes a 5′ untranslated (UTR) region, contains an open reading frame, and encodes a 3′ UTR and a poly(A) tail. The particular nucleic acid sequence composition and length of an in vitro transcription template will depend on the mRNA encoded by the template. A “5′ untranslated region” (UTR) refers to a region of an mRNA that is directly upstream (i.e., 5′) from the start codon (i.e., the first codon of an mRNA transcript translated by a ribosome) that does not encode a polypeptide. When RNA transcripts are being generated, the 5’ UTR may comprise a promoter sequence. Such promoter sequences are known in the art. It should be understood that such promoter sequences will not be present in a vaccine of the disclosure. A “3′ untranslated region” (UTR) refers to a region of an mRNA that is directly downstream (i.e., 3′) from the stop codon (i.e., the codon of an mRNA transcript that signals a termination of translation) that does not encode a polypeptide. An “open reading frame” is a continuous stretch of DNA beginning with a start codon (e.g., methionine (ATG)), and ends with a stop codon (e.g., TAA, TAG or TGA) or is immediately followed by a stop codon, and encodes a polypeptide. A stop codon does not encode an amino acid, such that translation of an ORF terminates when a ribosome reaches the stop codon immediately following the last amino acid-encoding codon in the ORF. A stop codon that results in translation termination may be considered part of the ORF, in which case the ORF ends with the stop codon. Alternatively, the first stop codon immediately following the last amino acid-encoding codon of an ORF may considered part of the 3′ untranslated region (3′ UTR) of a DNA or RNA, rather than part of the ORF. Those skilled in the art will understand that an ORF sequence that ends in a codon encoding amino acid will be followed by one or more stop codons in a DNA or RNA. An ORF may be followed by multiple stop codons. Inclusion of multiple consecutive stop codons reduces the extent of continued translation that may occur if a stop codon is mutated to a codon encoding an amino acid (readthrough), as a second stop codon may terminate translation even if a first stop codon is mutated and encodes an amino acid, such that only one amino acid is added to the C-terminus of the translated protein. Where multiple stop codons are present at the end, or immediately following, an ORF, the multiple stop codons may comprise the same stop codon (e.g., UGAUGA). Multiple stop codons may comprise different stop codons in series (e.g., UGAUAAUAG). In addition to reducing the extent of readthrough if a first stop codon is mutated, the presence of multiple different stop codons reduces the extent of readthrough if the first stop codon fails to allow translation termination (e.g., if a suppressor tRNA with an anticodon complementary to the first stop codon is present in the cell). A “poly(A) tail” is a region of mRNA that is downstream, e.g., directly downstream (i.e., 3′), from the 3′ UTR that contains multiple, consecutive adenosine monophosphates. A poly(A) tail may contain 10 to 300 adenosine monophosphates. For example, a poly(A) tail may contain 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 230, 240, 250, 260, 270, 280, 290 or 300 adenosine monophosphates. In some embodiments, a poly(A) tail contains 50 to 250 adenosine monophosphates. In a relevant biological setting (e.g., in cells, in vivo) the poly(A) tail functions to protect mRNA from enzymatic degradation, e.g., in the cytoplasm, and aids in transcription termination, and/or export of the mRNA from the nucleus and translation. In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises a poly(A) sequence that has a length of 50– 75 nucleotides. In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises a poly(A) sequence that comprises 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, or 70 consecutive adenosine nucleotides. In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises a poly(A) sequence comprising 64 consecutive adenosine nucleotides. In some embodiments, the consecutive adenosine nucleotides of a poly(A) sequence are flanked at the 5′ and 3′ end by nucleotides that are not adenosine nucleotides. In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises a poly(C) sequence, which may comprise 10 to 300 cytidine nucleotides. In some embodiments, the poly(C) sequence comprises 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, or 40 consecutive cytidine nucleotides. In some embodiments, the poly(C) sequence comprises 30 cytidine nucleotides. In some embodiments, the consecutive cytidine nucleotides of a poly(C) sequence are flanked at the 5′ and 3′ end by nucleotides that are not cytidine nucleotides. In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises two poly(A) sequences separated by an intervening nucleotide sequence. In some embodiments, the intervening nucleotide sequence comprises no more than 3, no more than two, no more than 1, or no adenosine nucleotides. In some embodiments, the intervening sequence comprises 3 adenosine nucleotides. In some embodiments, the intervening sequence does not comprise an adenosine nucleotide. In some embodiments, the intervening sequence is no more than 30, no more than 25, no more than 20, no more than 15, or no more than 10 nucleotides long. In some embodiments, the intervening sequence consists of 10 nucleotides. In some embodiments, the intervening sequence comprises the sequence of GCAUAUGACU (SEQ ID NO: 62). In some embodiments, the intervening sequence does not begin with an adenosine nucleotide, and does not end with an adenosine nucleotide. In some embodiments, the first poly(A) sequences comprises at least 15, at least 20, at least 25, or at least 30 consecutive adenosine nucleotides. In some embodiments, the second poly(A) sequences comprises at least 55, at least 60, at least 65, or at least 70 consecutive adenosine nucleotides. In some embodiments, the first poly(A) sequence comprises 30 consecutive adenosine nucleotides. In some embodiments, the second poly(A) sequence comprises 70 adenosine nucleotides. In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises the nucleotide sequence AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAGCAUAUGACUAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA (SEQ ID NO: 80). In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises a poly(A) sequence that has a length of 90– 120 nucleotides. In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises a poly(A) sequence that comprises 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 190, or 120 consecutive adenosine nucleotides. In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises a poly(A) sequence that comprises at least 109 consecutive adenosine nucleotides. In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises a poly(A) sequence that comprises 109 consecutive adenosine nucleotides. In some embodiments, an mRNA comprises a poly(A) sequence that consists of 109 consecutive adenosine nucleotides. In some embodiments, a nucleic acid includes 200 to 3,000 nucleotides. For example, a nucleic acid may include 200 to 500, 200 to 1000, 200 to 1500, 200 to 3000, 500 to 1000, 500 to 1500, 500 to 2000, 500 to 3000, 1000 to 1500, 1000 to 2000, 1000 to 3000, 1500 to 3000, or 2000 to 3000 nucleotides. An in vitro transcription system typically comprises a transcription buffer, nucleotide triphosphates (NTPs), an RNase inhibitor and a polymerase. The NTPs may be manufactured in house, may be selected from a supplier, or may be synthesized as described herein. The NTPs may be selected from, but are not limited to, those described herein including natural and unnatural (modified) NTPs. Any number of RNA polymerases or variants may be used in the method of the present disclosure. The polymerase may be selected from, but is not limited to, a phage RNA polymerase, e.g., a T7 RNA polymerase, a T3 RNA polymerase, a SP6 RNA polymerase, and/or mutant polymerases such as, but not limited to, polymerases able to incorporate modified nucleic acids and/or modified nucleotides, including chemically modified nucleic acids and/or nucleotides. Some embodiments exclude the use of DNase. In some embodiments, the RNA transcript is capped via enzymatic capping. In some embodiments, the RNA comprises 5' terminal cap, for example, 7mG(5’)ppp(5’)NlmpNp. Chemical Synthesis Solid-phase chemical synthesis. Nucleic acids the present disclosure may be manufactured in whole or in part using solid phase techniques. Solid-phase chemical synthesis of nucleic acids is an automated method wherein molecules are immobilized on a solid support and synthesized step by step in a reactant solution. Solid-phase synthesis is useful in site-specific introduction of chemical modifications in the nucleic acid sequences. Liquid Phase Chemical Synthesis. The synthesis of nucleic acids of the present disclosure by the sequential addition of monomer building blocks may be carried out in a liquid phase. Combination of Synthetic Methods. The synthetic methods discussed above each has its own advantages and limitations. Attempts have been conducted to combine these methods to overcome the limitations. Such combinations of methods are within the scope of the present disclosure. The use of solid-phase or liquid-phase chemical synthesis in combination with enzymatic ligation provides an efficient way to generate long chain nucleic acids that cannot be obtained by chemical synthesis alone. Ligation of Nucleic Acid Regions or Subregions Assembling nucleic acids by a ligase may also be used. DNA or RNA ligases promote intermolecular ligation of the 5’ and 3’ ends of polynucleotide chains through the formation of a phosphodiester bond. Nucleic acids such as chimeric polynucleotides and/or circular nucleic acids may be prepared by ligation of one or more regions or subregions. DNA fragments can be joined by a ligase catalyzed reaction to create recombinant DNA with different functions. Two oligodeoxynucleotides, one with a 5’ phosphoryl group and another with a free 3’ hydroxyl group, serve as substrates for a DNA ligase. Purification Purification of the nucleic acids described herein may include, but is not limited to, nucleic acid clean-up, quality assurance and quality control. Clean-up may be performed by methods known in the arts such as, but not limited to, AGENCOURT® beads (Beckman Coulter Genomics, Danvers, MA), poly-T beads, LNATM oligo-T capture probes (EXIQON® Inc, Vedbaek, Denmark) or HPLC based purification methods such as, but not limited to, strong anion exchange HPLC, weak anion exchange HPLC, reverse phase HPLC (RP-HPLC), and hydrophobic interaction HPLC (HIC-HPLC). The term “purified” when used in relation to a nucleic acid such as a “purified nucleic acid” refers to one that is separated from at least one contaminant. A “contaminant” is any substance that makes another unfit, impure or inferior. Thus, a purified nucleic acid (e.g., DNA and RNA) is present in a form or setting different from that in which it is found in nature, or a form or setting different from that which existed prior to subjecting it to a treatment or purification method. A quality assurance and/or quality control check may be conducted using methods such as, but not limited to, gel electrophoresis, UV absorbance, or analytical HPLC. In some embodiments, the nucleic acids may be sequenced by methods including, but not limited to reverse-transcriptase-PCR. Quantification In some embodiments, the nucleic acids of the present disclosure may be quantified in exosomes or when derived from one or more bodily fluid. Bodily fluids include peripheral blood, serum, plasma, ascites, urine, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF), sputum, saliva, bone marrow, synovial fluid, aqueous humor, amniotic fluid, cerumen, breast milk, broncheoalveolar lavage fluid, semen, prostatic fluid, cowper's fluid or pre-ejaculatory fluid, sweat, fecal matter, hair, tears, cyst fluid, pleural and peritoneal fluid, pericardial fluid, lymph, chyme, chyle, bile, interstitial fluid, menses, pus, sebum, vomit, vaginal secretions, mucosal secretion, stool water, pancreatic juice, lavage fluids from sinus cavities, bronchopulmonary aspirates, blastocyl cavity fluid, and umbilical cord blood. Alternatively, exosomes may be retrieved from an organ selected from the group consisting of lung, heart, pancreas, stomach, intestine, bladder, kidney, ovary, testis, skin, colon, breast, prostate, brain, esophagus, liver, and placenta. Assays may be performed using construct specific probes, cytometry, qRT-PCR, real- time PCR, PCR, flow cytometry, electrophoresis, mass spectrometry, or combinations thereof while the exosomes may be isolated using immunohistochemical methods such as enzyme linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) methods. Exosomes may also be isolated by size exclusion chromatography, density gradient centrifugation, differential centrifugation, nanomembrane ultrafiltration, immunoabsorbent capture, affinity purification, microfluidic separation, or combinations thereof. These methods afford the investigator the ability to monitor, in real time, the level of nucleic acids remaining or delivered. This is possible because the nucleic acids of the present disclosure, in some embodiments, differ from the endogenous forms due to the structural or chemical modifications. In some embodiments, the nucleic acid may be quantified using methods such as, but not limited to, ultraviolet visible spectroscopy (UV/Vis). A non-limiting example of a UV/Vis spectrometer is a NANODROP® spectrometer (ThermoFisher, Waltham, MA). The quantified nucleic acid may be analyzed in order to determine if the nucleic acid may be of proper size, check that no degradation of the nucleic acid has occurred. Degradation of the nucleic acid may be checked by methods such as, but not limited to, agarose gel electrophoresis, HPLC based purification methods such as, but not limited to, strong anion exchange HPLC, weak anion exchange HPLC, reverse phase HPLC (RP-HPLC), and hydrophobic interaction HPLC (HIC- HPLC), liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LCMS), capillary electrophoresis (CE) and capillary gel electrophoresis (CGE). Lipid Compositions In some embodiments, the nucleic acids are formulated as a lipid composition, such as a composition comprising a lipid nanoparticle, a liposome, and/or a lipoplex. In some embodiments, nucleic acids are formulated as lipid nanoparticle (LNP) compositions. Lipid nanoparticles typically comprise amino lipid, non-cationic lipid, structural lipid, and PEG lipid components along with the nucleic acid cargo of interest. The lipid nanoparticles can be generated using components, compositions, and methods as are generally known in the art, see for example PCT/US2016/052352; PCT/US2016/068300; PCT/US2017/037551; PCT/US2015/027400; PCT/US2016/047406; PCT/US2016/000129; PCT/US2016/014280; PCT/US2017/038426; PCT/US2014/027077; PCT/US2014/055394; PCT/US2016/052117; PCT/US2012/069610; PCT/US2017/027492; PCT/US2016/059575; PCT/US2016/069491; PCT/US2016/069493; and PCT/US2014/066242, all of which are incorporated by reference herein in their entirety. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises at least one ionizable amino lipid, at least one non-cationic lipid, at least one sterol, and/or at least one polyethylene glycol (PEG)- modified lipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a molar ratio of 20-60% ionizable amino lipid, 5-25% non-cationic lipid, 25-55% structural lipid, and 0.5-15% PEG-modified lipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a molar ratio of 20-60% ionizable amino lipid, 5-30% non-cationic lipid, 10-55% structural lipid, and 0.5-15% PEG-modified lipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 40-50 mol% ionizable lipid, optionally 45-50 mol%, for example, 45-46 mol%, 46-47 mol%, 47-48 mol%, 48-49 mol%, or 49-50 mol% for example about 45 mol%, 45.5 mol%, 46 mol%, 46.5 mol%, 47 mol%, 47.5 mol%, 48 mol%, 48.5 mol%, 49 mol%, or 49.5 mol%. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 20-60 mol% ionizable amino lipid. For example, the lipid nanoparticle may comprise 20-50 mol%, 20-40 mol%, 20-30 mol%, 30-60 mol%, 30-50 mol%, 30-40 mol%, 40-60 mol%, 40-50 mol%, or 50-60 mol% ionizable amino lipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 20 mol%, 30 mol%, 40 mol%, 50 mol%, or 60 mol% ionizable amino lipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 35 mol%, 36 mol%, 37 mol%, 38 mol%, 39 mol%, 40 mol%, 41 mol%, 42 mol%, 43 mol%, 44 mol%, 45 mol%, 46 mol%, 47 mol%, 48 mol%, 49 mol%, 50 mol%, 51 mol%, 52 mol%, 53 mol%, 54 mol%, or 55 mol% ionizable amino lipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 45-55 mole percent (mol%) ionizable amino lipid. For example, lipid nanoparticle may comprise 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, or 55 mol% ionizable amino lipid. Ionizable amino lipids Formula (AI) In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid of a lipid nanoparticle is a compound of Formula (AI): its N-oxide, or a salt or isomer thereof, wherein R’^a is R’^branched; wherein

denotes a point of attachment; wherein R^aα, R^aβ, R^aγ, and R^aδ are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C2-12 alkyl, and C2-12 alkenyl; R² and R³ are each independently selected from the group consisting of C1-14 alkyl and C_2-14 alkenyl; R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)nOH, wherein n is selected from the group consisting

wherein denotes a point of attachment; wherein R¹⁰ is N(R)₂; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; and n2 is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; each R⁵ is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R⁶ is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M’ are each independently selected from the group consisting of -C(O)O- and -OC(O)-; R’ is a C_1-12 alkyl or C_2-12 alkenyl; l is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; and m is selected from the group consisting of 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13. In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (AI), R’^a is R’^branched; R’^branched is

denotes a point of attachment; R^aα, R^aβ, R^aγ, and R^aδ are each H; R² and R³ are each C1-14 alkyl; R⁴ is -(CH2)nOH; n is 2; each R⁵ is H; each R⁶ is H; M and M’ are each - C(O)O-; R’ is a C_1-12 alkyl; l is 5; and m is 7. In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (AI), R’^a is R’^branched; R’^branched is

denotes a point of attachment; R^aα, R^aβ, R^aγ, and R^aδ are each H; R² and R³ are each C1-14 alkyl; R⁴ is -(CH2)nOH; n is 2; each R⁵ is H; each R⁶ is H; M and M’ are each - C(O)O-; R’ is a C_1-12 alkyl; l is 3; and m is 7. In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (AI), R’^a is R’^branched; R’^branched is

denotes a point of attachment; R^aα is C_2-12 alkyl; R^aβ, R^aγ, and R^aδ are each H; R² and R³ are each C1-14 alkyl;

alkyl); n2 is 2; R⁵ is H; each R⁶ is H; M and M’ are each -C(O)O-; R’ is a C1-12 alkyl; l is 5; and m is 7. In some embodiments of the compounds of Formula (AI), R’^a is R’^branched; R’^branched is

denotes a point of attachment; R^aα, R^aβ, and R^aδ are each H; R^aγ is C2-12 alkyl; R² and R³ are each C_1-14 alkyl; R⁴ is -(CH₂)_nOH; n is 2; each R⁵ is H; each R⁶ is H; M and M’ are each -C(O)O-; R’ is a C_1-12 alkyl; l is 5; and m is 7. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (AI) is selected from:

. In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid of Formula (AI) is a compound of Formula (AIa):

its N-oxide, or a salt or isomer thereof, wherein R’^a is R’^branched; wherein

denotes a point of attachment; wherein R^aβ, R^aγ, and R^aδ are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C_2-12 alkyl, and C_2-12 alkenyl; R² and R³ are each independently selected from the group consisting of C1-14 alkyl and C2-14 alkenyl; R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of -(CH₂)_nOH wherein n is selected from the group consisting

wherein denotes a point of attachment; wherein R¹⁰ is N(R)₂; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-6 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; and n2 is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; each R⁵ is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R⁶ is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M’ are each independently selected from the group consisting of -C(O)O- and -OC(O)-; R’ is a C1-12 alkyl or C2-12 alkenyl; l is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; and m is selected from the group consisting of 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13. In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid of Formula (AI) is a compound of Formula (AIb):

its N-oxide, or a salt or isomer thereof, wherein R’^a is R’^branched; wherein

denotes a point of attachment; wherein R^aα, R^aβ, R^aγ, and R^aδ are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C_2-12 alkyl, and C_2-12 alkenyl; R² and R³ are each independently selected from the group consisting of C1-14 alkyl and C2-14 alkenyl; R⁴ is -(CH₂)_nOH, wherein n is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R⁵ is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R⁶ is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M’ are each independently selected from the group consisting of -C(O)O- and -OC(O)-; R’ is a C_1-12 alkyl or C_2-12 alkenyl; l is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; and m is selected from the group consisting of 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13. In some embodiments of Formula (AI) or (AIb), R’^a is R’^branched; R’^branched is

denotes a point of attachment; R^aβ, R^aγ, and R^aδ are each H; R² and R³ are each C1-14 alkyl; R⁴ is -(CH2)nOH; n is 2; each R⁵ is H; each R⁶ is H; M and M’ are each - C(O)O-; R’ is a C_1-12 alkyl; l is 5; and m is 7. In some embodiments of Formula (AI) or (AIb), R’^a is R’^branched; R’^branched is

denotes a point of attachment; R^aβ, R^aγ, and R^aδ are each H; R² and R³ are each C_1-14 alkyl; R⁴ is -(CH₂)_nOH; n is 2; each R⁵ is H; each R⁶ is H; M and M’ are each - C(O)O-; R’ is a C1-12 alkyl; l is 3; and m is 7. In some embodiments of Formula (AI) or (AIb), R’^a is R’^branched; R’^branched is

denotes a point of attachment; R^aβ and R^aδ are each H; R^aγ is C2-12 alkyl; R² and R³ are each C_1-14 alkyl; R⁴ is -(CH₂)_nOH; n is 2; each R⁵ is H; each R⁶ is H; M and M’ are each -C(O)O-; R’ is a C_1-12 alkyl; l is 5; and m is 7. In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid of Formula (AI) is a compound of Formula (AIc):

its N-oxide, or a salt or isomer thereof, wherein R’^a is R’^branched; wherein

denotes a point of attachment; wherein R^aα, R^aβ, R^aγ, and R^aδ are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C2-12 alkyl, and C2-12 alkenyl; R² and R³ are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-14 alkyl and C2-14 alkenyl;

wherein denotes a point of attachment; wherein R¹⁰ is N(R)₂; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-6 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; n2 is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; each R⁵ is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R⁶ is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M’ are each independently selected from the group consisting of -C(O)O- and -OC(O)-; R’ is a C1-12 alkyl or C2-12 alkenyl; l is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; and m is selected from the group consisting of 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13. In some embodiments,

denotes a point of attachment; R^aβ, R^aγ, and R^aδ are each H; R^aα is C2-12 alkyl; R² and R³ are each C1-14 alkyl;

denotes a point of attachment; R¹⁰ is NH(C_1-6 alkyl); n2 is 2; each R⁵ is H; each R⁶ is H; M and M’ are each -C(O)O-; R’ is a C1-12 alkyl; l is 5; and m is 7. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (AIc) is:

. Formula (AII) In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid is a compound of Formula (AII):

wherein R’^a is R’^branched or R’^cyclic; wherein

of attachment; R^aγ and R^aδ are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C_1-12 alkyl, and C2-12 alkenyl, wherein at least one of R^aγ and R^aδ is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl and C2-12 alkenyl; R^bγ and R^bδ are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C_1-12 alkyl, and C2-12 alkenyl, wherein at least one of R^bγ and R^bδ is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl and C2-12 alkenyl; R² and R³ are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-14 alkyl and C2-14 alkenyl; R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)nOH wherein n is selected from the group consisting

wherein denotes a point of attachment; wherein R¹⁰ is N(R)2; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; and n2 is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; each R’ independently is a C1-12 alkyl or C2-12 alkenyl; Y^a is a C3-6 carbocycle; R*”^a is selected from the group consisting of C_1-15 alkyl and C_2-15 alkenyl; and s is 2 or 3; m is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9; l is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9. In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid of Formula (AII) is a compound of Formula (AII-a):

its N-oxide, or a salt or isomer thereof, wherein R’^a is R’^branched or R’^cyclic; wherein

denotes a point of attachment; R^aγ and R^aδ are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-12 alkyl, and C_2-12 alkenyl, wherein at least one of R^aγ and R^aδ is selected from the group consisting of C_1- 12 alkyl and C2-12 alkenyl; R^bγ and R^bδ are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-12 alkyl, and C_2-12 alkenyl, wherein at least one of R^bγ and R^bδ is selected from the group consisting of C_1- 12 alkyl and C2-12 alkenyl; R² and R³ are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-14 alkyl and C2-14 alkenyl; R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)nOH wherein n is selected from the group consisting

wherein denotes a point of attachment; wherein R¹⁰ is N(R)2; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; and n2 is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; each R’ independently is a C1-12 alkyl or C2-12 alkenyl; m is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9; l is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9. In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid of Formula (AII) is a compound of

wherein R’^a is R’^branched or R’^cyclic; wherein

denotes a point of attachment; R^aγ and R^bγ are each independently selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl and C_2-12 alkenyl; R² and R³ are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-14 alkyl and C2-14 alkenyl; R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of -(CH₂)_nOH wherein n is selected from the group consisting

wherein denotes a point of attachment; wherein R¹⁰ is N(R)2; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-6 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; and n2 is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; each R’ independently is a C_1-12 alkyl or C_2-12 alkenyl; m is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9; l is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9. In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid of Formula (AII) is a compound of

wherein R’^a is R’^branched or R’^cyclic; wherein

denotes a point of attachment; wherein R^aγ is selected from the group consisting of C_1-12 alkyl and C_2-12 alkenyl; R² and R³ are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-14 alkyl and C2-14 alkenyl; R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)nOH wherein n is selected from the group consisting

wherein

denotes a point of attachment; wherein R¹⁰ is N(R)₂; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; and n2 is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; R’ is a C_1-12 alkyl or C_2-12 alkenyl; m is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9; l is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9. In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid of Formula (AII) is a compound of Formula (AII-d):

wherein R’^a is R’^branched or R’^cyclic; wherein denotes a point of attachment; wherein R^aγ and R^bγ are each independently selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl and C2-12 alkenyl; R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of -(CH₂)_nOH wherein n is selected from the group consisting

wherein denotes a point of attachment; wherein R¹⁰ is N(R)2; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-6 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; and n2 is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10; each R’ independently is a C1-12 alkyl or C2-12 alkenyl; m is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9; l is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9. In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid of Formula (AII) is a compound of Formula (AII-e):

denotes a point of attachment; wherein R^aγ is selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl and C2-12 alkenyl; R² and R³ are each independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-14 alkyl and C2-14 alkenyl; R⁴ is -(CH2)nOH wherein n is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; R’ is a C_1-12 alkyl or C_2-12 alkenyl; m is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9; l is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII- d), or (AII-e), m and l are each independently selected from 4, 5, and 6. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-d), or (AII-e), m and l are each 5. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII- d), or (AII-e), each R’ independently is a C_1-12 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-d), or (AII-e), each R’ independently is a C2-5 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII- d), or (AII-e), R’^b is: and R² and R³ are each independently a C1-14 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-d), or (AII-e), R’^b is:

and R² and R³ are each independently a C_6-10 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-d), or (AII-e), R’^b is: and R² and R³ are each a C₈ alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-

and R³ are each independently a C6-10 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula

embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-d), or (AII-e),

C8 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-

a C_1-12 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c),

are each a C2-6 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII- d), or (AII-e), m and l are each independently selected from 4, 5, and 6 and each R’ independently is a C1-12 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-d), or (AII-e), m and l are each 5 and each R’ independently is a C_2-5 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-d), or (AII-e), R’^branched is:

each independently selected from 4, 5, and 6, each R’ independently is a C1-12 alkyl, and R^aγ and R^bγ are each a C_1-12 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b),

each 5, each R’ independently is a C_2-5 alkyl, and R^aγ and R^bγ are each a C_2-6 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-

are each independently selected from 4, 5, and 6, R’ is a C1-12 alkyl, R^aγ is a C1-12 alkyl and R² and R³ are each independently a C_6-10 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-

each 5, R’ is a C_2- 5 alkyl, R^aγ is a C2-6 alkyl, and R² and R³ are each a C8 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-d), or

wherein R¹⁰ is NH(C1-6 alkyl) and n2 is 2. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-d), or (AII-e), R⁴

wherein R¹⁰ is NH(CH₃) and n2 is 2. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-

are each independently selected from 4, 5, and 6, each R’ independently is a C_1-12 alkyl, R^aγ and R^bγ are each a C_1-12 alkyl, wherein R¹⁰ is NH(C_1-6 alkyl), and n2 is 2. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-d), or (AII-

are each 5, each R’ independently is a C_2-5 alkyl, R^aγ and R^bγ are each a C_2-6 alkyl,

wherein R¹⁰ is NH(CH3) and n2 is 2. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-

are each independently selected from 4, 5, and 6, R’ is a C_1-12 alkyl, R² and R³ are each independently a C6-10 alkyl, R^aγ is a C1-12 alkyl,

wherein R¹⁰ is NH(C1-6 alkyl) and n2 is 2. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-

are each 5, R’ is a C2- ₅ alkyl, R^aγ is a C_2-6 alkyl, R² and R³ are each a C₈ alkyl,

wherein R¹⁰ is NH(CH3) and n2 is 2. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII- d), or (AII-e), R⁴ is -(CH₂)_nOH and n is 2, 3, or 4. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-d), or (AII-e), R⁴ is -(CH2)nOH and n is 2. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-

independently selected from 4, 5, and 6, each R’ independently is a C_1-12 alkyl, R^aγ and R^bγ are each a C1-12 alkyl, R⁴ is -(CH2)nOH, and n is 2, 3, or 4. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII), (AII-a), (AII-b), (AII-c), (AII-d), or (AII-e), R’^branched is: , R’^b is: , m and l are each 5, each R’ independently is a C2-5 alkyl, R^aγ and R^bγ are each a C_2-6 alkyl, R⁴ is -(CH₂)_nOH, and n is 2. In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid of Formula (AII) is a compound of

wherein R’^a is R’^branched or R’^cyclic; wherein

denotes a point of attachment; R^aγ is a C_1-12 alkyl; R² and R³ are each independently a C1-14 alkyl; R⁴ is -(CH2)nOH wherein n is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; R’ is a C_1-12 alkyl; m is selected from 4, 5, and 6; and l is selected from 4, 5, and 6. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII-f), m and l are each 5, and n is 2, 3, or 4. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII-f) R’ is a C2-5 alkyl, R^aγ is a C2-6 alkyl, and R² and R³ are each a C6-10 alkyl. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII-f), m and l are each 5, n is 2, 3, or 4, R’ is a C2-5 alkyl, R^aγ is a C2-6 alkyl, and R² and R³ are each a C6-10 alkyl. In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid of Formula (AII) is a compound of Formula (AII-g):

thereof; wherein R^aγ is a C2-6 alkyl; R’ is a C_2-5 alkyl; and R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)nOH wherein n is selected from the group consisting

wherein

denotes a point of attachment, R¹⁰ is NH(C_1-6 alkyl), and n2 is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, and 3. In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid of Formula (AII) is a compound of Formula (AII-h):

thereof; wherein R^aγ and R^bγ are each independently a C_2-6 alkyl; each R’ independently is a C_2-5 alkyl; and R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of -(CH2)nOH wherein n is selected from the group consisting

wherein denotes a point of attachment, R¹⁰ is NH(C1-6 alkyl), and n2 is selected from the group consisting of 1, 2, and 3. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII-g) or (AII-h), R⁴ is

, wherein R¹⁰ is NH(CH₃) and n2 is 2. In some embodiments of the compound of Formula (AII-g) or (AII-h), R⁴ is -(CH2)2OH. Formula (AIII) In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipids of a lipid nanoparticle may be one or more of compounds of Formula (AIII):

(AIII), or their N-oxides, or salts or isomers thereof, wherein: R₁ is selected from the group consisting of C_5-30 alkyl, C_5-20 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and -R”M’R’; R₂ and R₃ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C_1-14 alkyl, C_2-14 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and -R*OR”, or R2 and R3, together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R₄ is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, a C_3-6 carbocycle, -(CH₂)_nQ, -(CH₂)_nCHQR, -CHQR, -CQ(R)₂, and unsubstituted C_1-6 alkyl, where Q is selected from a carbocycle, heterocycle, -OR, -O(CH2)nN(R)2, -C(O)OR, -OC(O)R, -CX3, -CX2H, -CXH2, -CN, -N(R)2, -C(O)N(R)2, -N(R)C(O)R, -N(R)S(O)2R, -N(R)C(O)N(R)2, -N(R)C(S)N(R)2, -N(R)R8, -N(R)S(O)₂R₈, -O(CH₂)_nOR, -N(R)C(=NR₉)N(R)₂, -N(R)C(=CHR₉)N(R)₂, -OC(O)N(R)₂, -N(R)C(O)OR, -N(OR)C(O)R, -N(OR)S(O)2R, -N(OR)C(O)OR, -N(OR)C(O)N(R)2, -N(OR)C(S)N(R)2, -N(OR)C(=NR9)N(R)2, -N(OR)C(=CHR9)N(R)2, -C(=NR9)N(R)2, -C(=NR₉)R, -C(O)N(R)OR, and –C(R)N(R)₂C(O)OR, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R₆ is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M’ are independently selected from -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, -OC(O)-M”-C(O)O-, -C(O)N(R’)-, -N(R’)C(O)-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(S)S-, -SC(S)-, -CH(OH)-, -P(O)(OR’)O-, -S(O)₂-, -S-S-, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group, in which M” is a bond, C1-13 alkyl or C2-13 alkenyl; R7 is selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; R₈ is selected from the group consisting of C_3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NO2, C1-6 alkyl, -OR, -S(O)2R, -S(O)2N(R)2, C2-6 alkenyl, C3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R’ is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-18 alkyl, C2-18 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and H; each R” is independently selected from the group consisting of C_3-15 alkyl and C_3-15 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl and C2-12 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C3-6 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13; and wherein when R₄ is -(CH₂)_nQ, -(CH₂)_nCHQR, –CHQR, or -CQ(R)₂, then (i) Q is not -N(R)2 when n is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5, or (ii) Q is not 5, 6, or 7-membered heterocycloalkyl when n is 1 or 2. In some embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (AIII) includes those in which: R1 is selected from the group consisting of C5-30 alkyl, C5-20 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and -R”M’R’; R₂ and R₃ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C_1-14 alkyl, C_2-14 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and -R*OR”, or R2 and R3, together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R₄ is selected from the group consisting of a C_3-6 carbocycle, -(CH₂)_nQ, -(CH₂)_nCHQR, -CHQR, -CQ(R)2, and unsubstituted C1-6 alkyl, where Q is selected from a C3-6 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, -OR, -O(CH₂)_nN(R)₂, -C(O)OR, -OC(O)R, -CX₃, -CX₂H, -CXH₂, -CN, -C(O)N(R)₂, -N(R)C(O)R, -N(R)S(O)₂R, -N(R)C(O)N(R)₂, -N(R)C(S)N(R)₂, -CRN(R)₂C(O)OR, -N(R)R₈, -O(CH₂)_nOR, -N(R)C(=NR9)N(R)2, -N(R)C(=CHR9)N(R)2, -OC(O)N(R)2, -N(R)C(O)OR, -N(OR)C(O)R, -N(OR)S(O)2R, -N(OR)C(O)OR, -N(OR)C(O)N(R)2, -N(OR)C(S)N(R)2, -N(OR)C(=NR9)N(R)2, -N(OR)C(=CHR₉)N(R)₂, -C(=NR₉)N(R)₂, -C(=NR₉)R, -C(O)N(R)OR, and a 5- to 14-membered heterocycloalkyl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S which is substituted with one or more substituents selected from oxo (=O), OH, amino, mono- or di-alkylamino, and C_1-3 alkyl, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R₆ is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M’ are independently selected from -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)N(R’)-, -N(R’)C(O)-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(S)S-, -SC(S)-, -CH(OH)-, -P(O)(OR’)O-, -S(O)2-, -S-S-, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R7 is selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; R8 is selected from the group consisting of C3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; R₉ is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NO₂, C_1-6 alkyl, -OR, -S(O)₂R, -S(O)2N(R)2, C2-6 alkenyl, C3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R’ is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-18 alkyl, C2-18 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and H; each R” is independently selected from the group consisting of C3-14 alkyl and C3-14 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-12 alkyl and C_2-12 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C3-6 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or isomers thereof. In some embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (AIII) includes those in which: R1 is selected from the group consisting of C5-30 alkyl, C5-20 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and -R”M’R’; R₂ and R₃ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C_1-14 alkyl, C_2-14 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and -R*OR”, or R₂ and R₃, together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R4 is selected from the group consisting of a C3-6 carbocycle, -(CH2)nQ, -(CH2)nCHQR, -CHQR, -CQ(R)₂, and unsubstituted C_1-6 alkyl, where Q is selected from a C_3-6 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heterocycle having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, -OR, -O(CH2)nN(R)2, -C(O)OR, -OC(O)R, -CX3, -CX2H, -CXH2, -CN, -C(O)N(R)2, -N(R)C(O)R, -N(R)S(O)₂R, -N(R)C(O)N(R)₂, -N(R)C(S)N(R)₂, -CRN(R)₂C(O)OR, -N(R)R₈, -O(CH₂)_nOR, -N(R)C(=NR9)N(R)2, -N(R)C(=CHR9)N(R)2, -OC(O)N(R)2, -N(R)C(O)OR, -N(OR)C(O)R, -N(OR)S(O)2R, -N(OR)C(O)OR, -N(OR)C(O)N(R)2, -N(OR)C(S)N(R)2, -N(OR)C(=NR9)N(R)2, -N(OR)C(=CHR₉)N(R)₂, -C(=NR₉)R, -C(O)N(R)OR, and -C(=NR₉)N(R)₂, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; and when Q is a 5- to 14-membered heterocycle and (i) R4 is -(CH2)nQ in which n is 1 or 2, or (ii) R4 is -(CH2)nCHQR in which n is 1, or (iii) R4 is -CHQR, and -CQ(R)2, then Q is either a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl or 8- to 14-membered heterocycloalkyl; each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R₆ is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M’ are independently selected from -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)N(R’)-, -N(R’)C(O)-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(S)S-, -SC(S)-, -CH(OH)-, -P(O)(OR’)O-, -S(O)₂-, -S-S-, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R₇ is selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; R8 is selected from the group consisting of C3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; R9 is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NO2, C1-6 alkyl, -OR, -S(O)2R, -S(O)₂N(R)₂, C_2-6 alkenyl, C_3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R’ is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-18 alkyl, C2-18 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and H; each R” is independently selected from the group consisting of C3-14 alkyl and C3-14 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-12 alkyl and C_2-12 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C3-6 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or isomers thereof. In some embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (AIII) includes those in which: R1 is selected from the group consisting of C5-30 alkyl, C5-20 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and -R”M’R’; R₂ and R₃ are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C_1-14 alkyl, C_2-14 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and -R*OR”, or R2 and R3, together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R₄ is selected from the group consisting of a C_3-6 carbocycle, -(CH₂)_nQ, -(CH₂)_nCHQR, -CHQR, -CQ(R)₂, and unsubstituted C_1-6 alkyl, where Q is selected from a C_3-6 carbocycle, a 5- to 14-membered heteroaryl having one or more heteroatoms selected from N, O, and S, -OR, -O(CH2)nN(R)2, -C(O)OR, -OC(O)R, -CX3, -CX2H, -CXH2, -CN, -C(O)N(R)2, -N(R)C(O)R, -N(R)S(O)₂R, -N(R)C(O)N(R)₂, -N(R)C(S)N(R)₂, -CRN(R)₂C(O)OR, -N(R)R₈, -O(CH₂)_nOR, -N(R)C(=NR9)N(R)2, -N(R)C(=CHR9)N(R)2, -OC(O)N(R)2, -N(R)C(O)OR, -N(OR)C(O)R, -N(OR)S(O)2R, -N(OR)C(O)OR, -N(OR)C(O)N(R)2, -N(OR)C(S)N(R)2, -N(OR)C(=NR9)N(R)2, -N(OR)C(=CHR₉)N(R)₂, -C(=NR₉)R, -C(O)N(R)OR, and -C(=NR₉)N(R)₂, and each n is independently selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R₆ is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M’ are independently selected from -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)N(R’)-, -N(R’)C(O)-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(S)S-, -SC(S)-, -CH(OH)-, -P(O)(OR’)O-, -S(O)₂-, -S-S-, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R7 is selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; R8 is selected from the group consisting of C3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; R₉ is selected from the group consisting of H, CN, NO₂, C_1-6 alkyl, -OR, -S(O)₂R, -S(O)2N(R)2, C2-6 alkenyl, C3-6 carbocycle and heterocycle; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R’ is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-18 alkyl, C2-18 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and H; each R” is independently selected from the group consisting of C_3-14 alkyl and C_3-14 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl and C2-12 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C_3-6 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or isomers thereof. In some embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (AIII) includes those in which R₁ is selected from the group consisting of C_5-30 alkyl, C_5-20 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and -R”M’R’; R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C2-14 alkyl, C2-14 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and -R*OR”, or R2 and R3, together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R4 is -(CH2)nQ or -(CH2)nCHQR, where Q is -N(R)2, and n is selected from 3, 4, and 5; each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M’ are independently selected from -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)N(R’)-, -N(R’)C(O)-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(S)S-, -SC(S)-, -CH(OH)-, -P(O)(OR’)O-, -S(O)2-, -S-S-, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R₇ is selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R’ is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-18 alkyl, C2-18 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and H; each R” is independently selected from the group consisting of C3-14 alkyl and C3-14 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-12 alkyl and C_1-12 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C3-6 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or isomers thereof. In some embodiments, another subset of compounds of Formula (AIII) includes those in which R1 is selected from the group consisting of C5-30 alkyl, C5-20 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and -R”M’R’; R₂ and R₃ are independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-14 alkyl, C_2-14 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and -R*OR”, or R2 and R3, together with the atom to which they are attached, form a heterocycle or carbocycle; R₄ is selected from the group consisting of -(CH₂)_nQ, -(CH₂)_nCHQR, -CHQR, and -CQ(R)₂, where Q is -N(R)₂, and n is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R5 is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R₆ is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; M and M’ are independently selected from -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, -C(O)N(R’)-, -N(R’)C(O)-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(S)S-, -SC(S)-, -CH(OH)-, -P(O)(OR’)O-, -S(O)₂-, -S-S-, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; R7 is selected from the group consisting of C1-3 alkyl, C2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl, C_2-3 alkenyl, and H; each R’ is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-18 alkyl, C_2-18 alkenyl, -R*YR”, -YR”, and H; each R” is independently selected from the group consisting of C3-14 alkyl and C3-14 alkenyl; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-12 alkyl and C_1-12 alkenyl; each Y is independently a C3-6 carbocycle; each X is independently selected from the group consisting of F, Cl, Br, and I; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13, or salts or isomers thereof. In certain embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (AIII) includes those of Formula (AIII-A):

(AIII-A), or its N-oxide, or a salt or isomer thereof, wherein l is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9; M₁ is a bond or M’; R₄ is hydrogen, unsubstituted C1-3 alkyl, or -(CH2)nQ, in which Q is -OH, -NHC(S)N(R)2, -NHC(O)N(R)2, -N(R)C(O)R, -N(R)S(O)2R, -N(R)R8, -NHC(=NR9)N(R)2, -NHC(=CHR9)N(R)2, -OC(O)N(R)₂, -N(R)C(O)OR, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; M and M’ are independently selected from -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, -OC(O)-M”-C(O)O-, -C(O)N(R’)-, -P(O)(OR’)O-, -S-S-, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group,; and R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C_1-14 alkyl, and C_2-14 alkenyl. For example, m is 5, 7, or 9. For example, Q is OH, -NHC(S)N(R)₂, or -NHC(O)N(R)₂. For example, Q is -N(R)C(O)R, or -N(R)S(O)₂R. In certain embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (AIII) includes those of Formula (AIII-B):

(AIII-B), or its N-oxide, or a salt or isomer thereof in which all variables are as defined herein. For example, m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9; R₄ is hydrogen, unsubstituted C1-3 alkyl, or -(CH2)nQ, in which Q is H, -NHC(S)N(R)2, -NHC(O)N(R)2, -N(R)C(O)R, -N(R)S(O)2R, -N(R)R8, -NHC(=NR9)N(R)2, -NHC(=CHR9)N(R)2, -OC(O)N(R)₂, -N(R)C(O)OR, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; M and M’ are independently selected from -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, -OC(O)-M”-C(O)O-, -C(O)N(R’)-, -P(O)(OR’)O-, -S-S-, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; and R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C1-14 alkyl, and C2-14 alkenyl. For example, m is 5, 7, or 9. For example, Q is OH, -NHC(S)N(R)₂, or -NHC(O)N(R)₂. For example, Q is -N(R)C(O)R, or -N(R)S(O)₂R. In certain embodiments, a subset of compounds of Formula (AIII) includes those of Formula (AIII-C):

(AIII-C), or its N-oxide, or a salt or isomer thereof, wherein l is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; M₁ is a bond or M’; R₄ is hydrogen, unsubstituted C_1-3 alkyl, or -(CH2)nQ, in which n is 2, 3, or 4, and Q is OH, -NHC(S)N(R)2, -NHC(O)N(R)2, -N(R)C(O)R, -N(R)S(O)2R, -N(R)R8, -NHC(=NR9)N(R)2, -NHC(=CHR9)N(R)2, -OC(O)N(R)₂, -N(R)C(O)OR, heteroaryl or heterocycloalkyl; M and M’ are independently selected from -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, -OC(O)-M”-C(O)O-, -C(O)N(R’)-, -P(O)(OR’)O-, -S-S-, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; and R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C_1-14 alkyl, and C_2-14 alkenyl. In some embodiments, the compounds of Formula (AIII) are of Formula (AIII-D),

their N-oxides, or salts or isomers thereof, wherein R4 is as described herein. In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (AIII) are of Formula (AIII-E),

their N-oxides, or salts or isomers thereof, wherein R4 is as described herein. In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (AIII) are of Formula (AIII-F) or (AIII-G): their N-oxides, or salts or isomers thereof, wherein R4 is as described herein. In another embodiment, the compounds of Formula (AIII) are of Formula (AIII-H):

their N-oxides, or salts or isomers thereof, wherein M is -C(O)O- or –OC(O)-, M” is C1-6 alkyl or C2-6 alkenyl, R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C_5-14 alkyl and C_5-14 alkenyl, and n is selected from 2, 3, and 4. In a further embodiment, the compounds of Formula (AIII) are of Formula (AIII-I):

(AIII-I), or their N-oxides, or salts or isomers thereof, wherein n is 2, 3, or 4; and m, R’, R”, and R₂ through R₆ are as described herein. For example, each of R₂ and R₃ may be independently selected from the group consisting of C_5-14 alkyl and C_5-14 alkenyl. In some embodiments, an ionizable amino lipid of the disclosure comprises a compound having structure:

(Compound 1). In some embodiments, an ionizable amino lipid of the disclosure comprises a compound having structure: In a further embodiment, the compounds of Formula (AIII) are of Formula (AIII-J),

(AIII-J), or their N-oxides, or salts or isomers thereof, wherein l is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9; M₁ is a bond or M’; M and M’ are independently selected from -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, -OC(O)-M”-C(O)O-, -C(O)N(R’)-, -P(O)(OR’)O-, -S-S-, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; and R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of H, C_1-14 alkyl, and C_2-14 alkenyl. For example, M” is C_1-6 alkyl (e.g., C1-4 alkyl) or C2-6 alkenyl (e.g. C2-4 alkenyl). For example, R2 and R3 are independently selected from the group consisting of C5-14 alkyl and C5-14 alkenyl. In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipids are one or more of the compounds described in U.S. Application Nos. 62/220,091, 62/252,316, 62/253,433, 62/266,460, 62/333,557, 62/382,740, 62/393,940, 62/471,937, 62/471,949, 62/475,140, and 62/475,166, and PCT Application No. PCT/US2016/052352. The central amine moiety of a lipid according to Formula (AIII), (AIII-A), (AIII-B), (AIII-C), (AIII-D), (AIII-E), (AIII-F), (AIII-G), (AIII-H), (AIII-I), or (AIII-J) may be protonated at a physiological pH. Thus, a lipid may have a positive or partial positive charge at physiological pH. Such amino lipids may be referred to as cationic lipids, ionizable lipids, cationic amino lipids, or ionizable amino lipids. Amino lipids may also be zwitterionic, i.e., neutral molecules having both a positive and a negative charge. Formula (AIV) In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipids of a lipid nanoparticle may be one or more of compounds of formula (AIV),

salts or isomers thereof, wherein t is 1 or 2; A₁ and A₂ are each independently selected from CH or N; Z is CH2 or absent wherein when Z is CH2, the dashed lines (1) and (2) each represent a single bond; and when Z is absent, the dashed lines (1) and (2) are both absent; R₁, R₂, R₃, R₄, and R₅ are independently selected from the group consisting of C_5-20 alkyl, C5-20 alkenyl, -R”MR’, -R*YR”, -YR”, and -R*OR”; R_X1 and R_X2 are each independently H or C_1-3 alkyl; each M is independently selected from the group consisting of -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, -OC(O)O-, -C(O)N(R’)-, -N(R’)C(O)-, -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(S)S-, -SC(S)-, -CH(OH)-, -P(O)(OR’)O-, -S(O)2-, -C(O)S-, -SC(O)-, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group; M* is C₁-C₆ alkyl, W¹ and W² are each independently selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(R₆)-; each R6 is independently selected from the group consisting of H and C1-5 alkyl; X¹, X², and X³ are independently selected from the group consisting of a bond, -CH₂-, -(CH₂)₂-, -CHR-, -CHY-, -C(O)-, -C(O)O-, -OC(O)-, -(CH₂)_n-C(O)-, -C(O)-(CH₂)_n-, -(CH2)n-C(O)O-, -OC(O)-(CH2)n-, -(CH2)n-OC(O)-, -C(O)O-(CH2)n-, -CH(OH)-, -C(S)-, and -CH(SH)-; each Y is independently a C_3-6 carbocycle; each R* is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl and C2-12 alkenyl; each R is independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-3 alkyl and a C_3-6 carbocycle; each R’ is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-12 alkyl, C2-12 alkenyl, and H; each R” is independently selected from the group consisting of C_3-12 alkyl, C_3-12 alkenyl and -R*MR’; and n is an integer from 1-6; wherein when ring then i) at least one of X¹, X², and X³ is not -CH2-; and/or ii) at least one of R1, R2, R3, R4, and R5 is -R”MR’. In some embodiments, the compound is of any of formulae (AIVa)-(AIVh):

In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid is

salt thereof. The central amine moiety of a lipid according to Formula (AIV), (AIVa), (AIVb), (AIVc), (AIVd), (AIVe), (AIVf), (AIVg), or (AIVh) may be protonated at a physiological pH. Thus, a lipid may have a positive or partial positive charge at physiological pH. Formula (AV) In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: R¹ is optionally substituted C1-C24 alkyl or optionally substituted C2-C24 alkenyl; R² and R³ are each independently optionally substituted C1-C36 alkyl; R⁴ and R⁵ are each independently optionally substituted C₁-C₆ alkyl, or R4 and R⁵ join, along with the N to which they are attached, to form a heterocyclyl or heteroaryl; L¹, L², and L³ are each independently optionally substituted C1-C18 alkylene; G¹ is a direct bond, -(CH₂)_nO(C=O)-, -(CH₂)_n(C=O)O-, or -(C=O)-; G² and G³ are each independently -(C=O)O- or -0(C=O)-; and n is an integer greater than 0. Formula (AVI) In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure: pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: G¹ is -N(R³)R⁴ or -OR⁵; R¹ is optionally substituted branched, saturated or unsaturated C12-C36 alkyl; R² is optionally substituted branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated C₁₂-C₃₆ alkyl when L is -C(=O)-; or R² is optionally substituted branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated C4-C36 alkyl when L is C6-C12 alkylene, C6-C12 alkenylene, or C2-C6 alkynylene; R³ and R⁴ are each independently H, optionally substituted branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated C₁-C₆ alkyl; or R3 and R⁴ are each independently optionally substituted branched or unbranched, saturated or unsaturated C1-C6 alkyl when L is C6-C12 alkylene, C6-C12 alkenylene, or C2-C6 alkynylene; or R3 and R⁴, together with the nitrogen to which they are attached, join to form a heterocyclyl; R⁵ is H or optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl; L is -C(=O)-, C6-C 12 alkylene, C6-C12 alkenylene, or C2-C6 alkynylene; and n is an integer from 1 to 12. Formula (AVII) In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: each R^1a is independently hydrogen, R^1c, or R^1d; each R^1b is independently R^1c or R^1d; each R^1c is independently –[CH2]2C(O)X¹R³; each R^1d Is independently -C(O)R⁴; each R² is independently -[C(R^2a)₂]_cR^2b; each R^2a is independently hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl; R^2b is -N(L1-B)2; -(OCH2CH2)6OH; or -(OCH2CH2)bOCH3; each R³ and R⁴ is independently C₆-C₃₀ aliphatic; each I.₃ is independently C₁-C₁₀ alkylene; each B is independently hydrogen or an ionizable nitrogen-containing group; each X¹ is independently a covalent bond or O; each a is independently an integer of 1-10; each b is independently an integer of 1-10; and each c is independently an integer of 1-10. Formula (AVIII) In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure: (AVIII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: X is N, and Y is absent; or X is CR, and Y is NR; L¹ is -O(C-O)R¹, -(C=O)OR¹, -C(=O)R¹, -OR¹, -S(O)xR¹, -S-SR¹, -C(=O)SR¹, - SC(=O)R¹, -NR^aC(=O)R¹, -C(=O)NR^bR^c, -NR^aC(=O)NR^bR^c, -OC(=O)NR^bR^c, or - NR^aC(=O)OR¹; L² is -O(C=O)R², -(C=O)OR², -C(=O)R², -OR², -S(O)xR², -S-SR², -C(=O)SR², - SC(=O)R², -NR^dC(=O)R², -C(=O)NR^eR^f, -NR^dC(=O)NR^eR^f, -OC(=O)NR^eR^f; -NR^dC(=O)OR² or a direct bond to R²; L³ is -O(C=O)R³ or -(C=O)OR³; G¹ and G² are each independently C2-C12 alkylene or C2-C12 alkenylene; G³ is C₁-C₂₄ alkylene, C₂-C₂₄ alkenylene, C₁-C₂₄ heteroalkylene or C₂-C₂₄ heteroalkenylene when X is CR, and Y is NR; and G³ is C₁-C₂₄ heteroalkylene or C₂-C₂₄ heteroalkenylene when X is N, and Y is absent; R^a, R^b, R^d and R^e are each independently H or C1-C12 alkyl or C1-C12 alkenyl; R^c and R^f are each independently C₁-C₁₂ alkyl or C₂-C₁₂ alkenyl; each R is independently H or C1-C12 alkyl; R¹, R² and R³ are each independently C1-C24 alkyl or C2-C24 alkenyl; and x is 0, 1 or 2, and wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene and heteroalkenylene is independently substituted or unsubstituted unless otherwise specified. Formula (AIX) In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure: pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: L¹ and L² are each independently -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O)x-, -S-S-, - C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -NR^aC(=O)-, -C(=O)NR^a-, -NR^aC(=O)NR^a-, -OC(=O)NR^a-, -NR^aC(=O)O- or a direct bond; G¹ is C₁-C₂ alkylene, -(C=O)-, -O(C=O)-, -SC(=O)-, -NR^aC(=O)- or a direct bond; G² is -C(O)-, -(CO)O-, -C(=O)S-, -C(=O)NR^a- or a direct bond; G³ is C₁-C₆ alkylene; R^a is H or C₁-C₁₂ alkyl; R^1a and R^1b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R^1a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R^1b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R^1b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond; R^2a and R^2b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R^2a is H or C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, and R^2b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R^2b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond; R^3a and R^3b are, at each occurrence, independently either (a): H or C₁-C₁₂ alkyl; or (b) R^3a is H or C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, and R^3b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond; R^4a and R^4b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C₁-C₁₂ alkyl; or (b) R^4a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R^4b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R^4b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond; R⁵ and R⁶ are each independently H or methyl; R⁷ is H or C1-C20 alkyl; R⁸ is OH, -N(R⁹)(C=O)R¹⁰, -(C=O)NR⁹R¹⁰, -NR⁹R¹⁰, -(C=O)OR" or -O(C=O)R", provided that G³ is C₄-C₆ alkylene when R⁸ is -NR⁹R¹⁰, R⁹ and R¹⁰ are each independently H or C1-C12 alkyl; R" is aralkyl; a, b, c and d are each independently an integer from 1 to 24; and x is 0, 1 or 2, wherein each alkyl, alkylene and aralkyl is optionally substituted. Formula (AX) In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

acceptable salt, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: X and X' are each independently N or CR; Y and Y' are each independently absent, -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O- or NR, provided that: a) Y is absent when X is N; b) Y' is absent when X' is N; c) Y is -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O- or NR when X is CR; and d) Y' is -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O- or NR when X' is CR, L¹ and L^1' are each independently -O(C=O)R', -(C=O)OR', -C(=O)R', -OR¹, -S(O)_zR', -S- SR¹, -C(=O)SR', -SC(=O)R', -NR^aC(=O)R', -C(=O)NR^bR^c, -NR^aC(=O)NR^bR^c, -OC(=O)NR^bR^c or -NR^aC(=O)OR'; L² and L^2’ are each independently -O(C=O)R², -(C=O)OR², -C(=O)R², -OR², -S(O)_zR², - S-SR², -C(=O)SR², -SC(=O)R², -NR^dC(=O)R², -C(=O)NR^eR^f, -NR^dC(=O)NR^eR^f, - OC(=O)NR^eR^f, -NR^dC(=O)OR² or a direct bond to R²; G¹, G^1’, G² and G^2’ are each independently C2-C12 alkylene or C2-C12 alkenylene; G is C₂-C₂₄ heteroalkylene or C₂-C₂₄ heteroalkenylene; R^a, R^b, R^d and R^e are, at each occurrence, independently H, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl or C₂-C₁₂ alkenyl; R^c and R^f are, at each occurrence, independently C₁-C₁₂ alkyl or C₂-C₁₂ alkenyl; R is, at each occurrence, independently H or C₁-C₁₂ alkyl; R¹ and R² are, at each occurrence, independently branched C6-C24 alkyl or branched C6- C₂₄ alkenyl; z is 0, 1 or 2, and wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkylene, alkenylene, heteroalkylene and heteroalkenylene is independently substituted or unsubstituted unless otherwise specified. Formula (AXI) In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure: pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: L¹ is -O(C=O)R¹, -(C=O)OR¹, -C(=O)R¹, -OR¹, -S(O)xR¹, -S-SR¹, -C(=O)SR¹, -SC(=O)R¹, -NR^aC(=O)R¹, -C(=O)NR^bR^c, -NR^aC(=O)NR^bR^c, -OC(=O)NR^bR^c or -NR^aC(=O)OR¹; L² is -O(C=O)R², -(C=O)OR², -C(=O)R², -OR², -S(O)_xR², -S-SR², -C(=O)SR², -SC(=O)R², -NR^dC(=O)R², -C(=O)NR^eR^f, -NR^dC(=O)NR^eR^f, -OC(=O)NR^eR^f, - NR^dC(=O)OR² or a direct bond to R²; G¹ and G² are each independently C₂-C₁₂ alkylene or C₂-C₁₂ alkenylene; G³ is C1-C24 alkylene, C2-C24 alkenylene, C3-C8 cycloalkylene or C3-C8 cycloalkenylene; R^a, R^b, R^d and R^e are each independently H or C1-C12 alkyl or C1-C12 alkenyl; R^c and R^f are each independently C₁-C₁₂ alkyl or C₂-C₁₂ alkenyl; R¹ and R² are each independently branched C6-C24 alkyl or branched C6-C24 alkenyl; R³ is -N(R⁴)R⁵; R⁴ is C₁-C₁₂ alkyl; R⁵ is substituted C₁-C₁₂ alkyl; and x is 0, 1 or 2, and wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkylene, alkenylene, cycloalkylene, cycloalkenylene, aryl and aralkyl is independently substituted or unsubstituted unless otherwise specified. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: L¹ is -O(C=O)R¹, -(C=O)OR¹, -C(=O)R¹, -OR¹, -S(O)xR¹, -S-SR¹, -C(=O)SR¹, - SC(=O)R¹, -NR^aC(=O)R¹, -C(=O)NR^bR^c, -NR^aC(=O)NR^bR^c, -OC(=O)NR^bR^c or - NR^aC(=O)OR¹; L² is -O(C=O)R², -(C=O)OR², -C(=O)R², -OR², -S(O)xR², -S-SR², -C(=O)SR², - SC(=O)R², -NR^dC(=O)R², -C(=O)NR^eR^f, -NR^dC(=O)NR^eR^f, -OC(=O)NR^eR^f;-NR^dC(=O)OR² or a direct bond to R²; G^1a and G^2b are each independently C2-C12 alkylene or C2-C12 alkenylene; G^1b and G^2b are each independently C1-C12 alkylene or C2-C12 alkenylene; G³ is C₁-C₂₄ alkylene, C₂-C₂₄ alkenylene, C₃-C₈ cycloalkylene or C₃-C₈ cycloalkenylene; R^a, R^b, R^d and R^e are each independently H or C1-C12 alkyl or C2-C12 alkenyl; R^c and R^f are each independently C1-C12 alkyl or C2-C12 alkenyl; R¹ and R² are each independently branched C₆-C₂₄ alkyl or branched C₆-C₂₄ alkenyl; R^3a is -C(=O)N(R^4a)R^5a or -C(=O)OR⁶; R^3b is -NR^4bC(=O)R^5b; R^4a is C1-C12 alkyl; R^4b is H, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl or C₂-C₁₂ alkenyl; R^5a is H, C1-C8 alkyl or C2-C8 alkenyl; R^5b is C 4b 2-C12 alkyl or C2-C12 alkenyl when R is H; or R^5b is C1-C12 alkyl or C2-C12 alkenyl when R^4b is C₁-C₁₂ alkyl or C₂-C₁₂ alkenyl; R⁶ is H, aryl or aralkyl; and x is 0, 1 or 2, and wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkylene, alkenylene, cycloalkylene, cycloalkenylene, aryl and aralkyl is independently substituted or unsubstituted. Formula (AXII) In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: G¹ is -OH, -R³R⁴, -(C=O)R⁵ or -R³(C=O)R⁵; G² is -CH₂- or -(C=O)-; R is, at each occurrence, independently H or OH; R¹ and R² are each independently optionally substituted branched, saturated or unsaturated C₁₂-C₃₆ alkyl; R³ and R⁴ are each independently H or optionally substituted straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated C1-C6 alkyl; R⁵ is optionally substituted straight or branched, saturated or unsaturated C₁-C₆ alkyl; and n is an integer from 2 to 6. Formula (AXIII) In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure: (AXIII), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: one of G¹ or G² is, at each occurrence, -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O) , -S-S-, -C(=O)S-, SC(=O)-, -N(R^a)C(=O)-, -C(=O)N(R^a)-, -N(R^a)C(=O)N(R^a)-, -OC(=O)N(R^a)- or - N(R^a)C(=O)O-, and the other of G¹ or G² is, at each occurrence, -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, - O-, -S(O) , -S-S-, -C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -N(R^a)C(=O)-, -C(=O)N(R^a)-, -N(R^a)C(=O)N(R^a)-, - OC(=O)N(R^a)- or -N(R^a)C(=O)O- or a direct bond; L is, at each occurrence, ~O(C=O)-, wherein ~ represents a covalent bond to X; X is CR^a; Z is alkyl, cycloalkyl or a monovalent moiety comprising at least one polar functional group when n is 1; or Z is alkylene, cycloalkylene or a polyvalent moiety comprising at least one polar functional group when n is greater than 1; R^a is, at each occurrence, independently H, C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, C₁-C₁₂ hydroxylalkyl, C₁-C₁₂ aminoalkyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkylaminylalkyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkoxyalkyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkoxycarbonyl, C₁-C₁₂ alkylcarbonyloxy, C1-C12 alkylcarbonyloxyalkyl or C1-C12 alkylcarbonyl; R is, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond; R¹ and R² have, at each occurrence, the following structure, respectively:

a¹ and a² are, at each occurrence, independently an integer from 3 to 12; b¹ and b² are, at each occurrence, independently 0 or 1; c¹ and c² are, at each occurrence, independently an integer from 5 to 10; d¹ and d² are, at each occurrence, independently an integer from 5 to 10; y is, at each occurrence, independently an integer from 0 to 2; and n is an integer from 1 to 6, wherein each alkyl, alkylene, hydroxylalkyl, aminoalkyl, alkylaminylalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, alkylcarbonyloxyalkyl and alkylcarbonyl is optionally substituted with one or more substituent. Formula (AXIV) In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: one of L¹ or L² is -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O)_x-, -S-S-, -C(=O)S-, - SC(=O)-, -R^aC(=O)-, -C(=O)R^a-, R^aC(=O)R^a-, -OC(=O)R^a- or -R^aC(=O)O-, and the other of L¹ or L² is -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O)x-, -S-S-, -C(=O)S-, SC(=O)-, -R^aC(=O)-, - C(=O)R^a-, R^aC(=O)R^a-, -OC(=O)R^a- or -NR^aC(=O)O- or a direct bond; G¹ and G² are each independently unsubstituted C₁-C₁₂ alkylene or C₁-C₁₂ alkenylene; G³ is C1-C24 alkylene, C1-C24 alkenylene, C3-C8 cycloalkylene, C3-C8 cycloalkenylene; R^a is H or C1-C12 alkyl; R¹ and R² are each independently C₆-C₂₄ alkyl or C₆-C₂₄ alkenyl; R³ is H, OR⁵, CN, -C(=O)OR⁴, -OC(=O)R⁴ or - R⁵C(=O)R⁴; R⁴ is C1-C12 alkyl; R⁵ is H or C₁-C₆ alkyl; and x is 0, 1 or 2. Formula (AXV) In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: L¹ and L² are each independently -O(C=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)-, -O-, -S(O)x-, -S-S-, - C(=O)S-, -SC(=O)-, -R^aC(=O)-, -C(=O)R^a-, -R^aC(=O)R^a-, -OC(=O)R^a-, - R^aC(=O)O- or a direct bond; G¹ is C₁-C₂ alkylene, -(C=O)-, -0(C=O)-, -SC(=O)-, -R^aC(=O)- or a direct bond: G² is -C(=O)-, -(C=O)O-, -C(=O)S-, -C(=O)NR^a- or a direct bond; G³ is C1-C6 alkylene; R^a is H or C₁-C₁₂ alkyl; R^1a and R^1b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C₁-C₁₂ alkyl; or (b) R^1a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R^1b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R^1b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond; R^2a and R^2b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R^2a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R^2b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R^2b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond; R^3a and R^3b are, at each occurrence, independently either (a): H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R^3a is H or C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, and R^3b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond; R^4a and R^4b are, at each occurrence, independently either: (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl; or (b) R^4a is H or C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, and R^4b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R^4b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond; R⁵ and R⁶ are each independently H or methyl; R⁷ is C4-C20 alkyl; R⁸ and R⁹ are each independently C1-C12 alkyl; or R⁸ and R⁹, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 5, 6 or 7-membered heterocyclic ring; a, b, c and d are each independently an integer from 1 to 24; and x is 0, 1 or 2. Formula (AXVI) In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt, tautomer, prodrug or stereoisomer thereof, wherein: L¹ and L² are each independently -0(C=0)-, -(C=0)0- or a carbon- carbon double bond; R^1a and R^1b are, at each occurrence, independently either (a) H or C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, or (b) R^1a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R1b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R^1b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond; R^2a and R^2b are, at each occurrence, independently either (a) H or C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, or (b) R^2a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R2b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R^2b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond; R^3a and R^3b are, at each occurrence, independently either (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl, or (b) R^3a is H or C1-C12 alkyl, and R3b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R^3b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond; R^4a and R^4b are, at each occurrence, independently either (a) H or C1-C12 alkyl, or (b) R^4a is H or C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, and R4b together with the carbon atom to which it is bound is taken together with an adjacent R^4b and the carbon atom to which it is bound to form a carbon-carbon double bond; R⁵ and R⁶ are each independently methyl or cycloalkyl; R⁷ is, at each occurrence, independently H or C₁-C₁₂ alkyl; R⁸ and R⁹ are each independently unsubstituted C1-C12 alkyl; or R8 and R⁹, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, form a 5, 6 or 7- membered heterocyclic ring comprising one nitrogen atom; a and d are each independently an integer from 0 to 24; b and c are each independently an integer from 1 to 24; and e is 1 or 2, provided that: at least one of R^1a, R^2a, R^3a or R^4a is C₁-C₁₂ alkyl, or at least one of L1 or L² is -O(C=O)- or -(C=O)O-; and R^1a and R^1b are not isopropyl when a is 6 or n-butyl when a is 8. Formula (AXVII) In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein R₁ and R₂ are the same or different, each a linear or branched alkyl with 1-9 carbons, or as alkenyl or alkynyl with 2 to 11 carbon atoms, L1 and L2 are the same or different, each a linear alkyl having 5 to 18 carbon atoms, or form a heterocycle with N, X₁ is a bond, or is -CG-G- whereby L₂-CO-O-R₂ is formed, X2 is S or O, L3 is a bond or a lower alkyl, or form a heterocycle with N, R₃ is a lower alkyl, and R4 and R5 are the same or different, each a lower alkyl. Compounds (A1)-(A11) In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises an ionizable lipid having the structure:

(A1), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

(A2), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure: (A4), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

(A6), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

(A7), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure: (A9), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

(A10), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a lipid having the structure:

(A11), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In some embodiments, the ionizable amino lipid of a lipid nanoparticle is a compound of Formula (IL*-IIa):

(IL*-IIa) or a salt thereof, wherein: R¹, o, m, n, M, M’, R^2c, and R^3c are as defined for Formula IL*; and R^3a is C_1-8 alkyl. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is of Formula (IL*-II’):

or a salt thereof, wherein: o, M, M’, R^2c and R^3c are as defined for variable IL*; and R^3a is C1-8 alkyl. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is of Formula (IL*-III):

(IL*-III) or a salt thereof, wherein: R¹, o, m, n, M, M’, R^2c, and R^3c are as defined for variable IL*; R^2a is a C1-8 alkyl; and R^3a is C1-8 alkyl. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is of Formula (IL*-IIIa):

or a salt thereof, wherein: R¹, o, m, n, M, M’, R^2c, and R^3c are as defined for variable IL*; R^2b is a C1-8 alkyl; and R^3a is C_1-8 alkyl. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is of Formula (IL*-IIIa):

or a salt thereof, wherein: R¹, o, M, M’, R^2c, and R^3c are as defined for variable IL*; R^2a is a C1-8 alkyl; and R^3a is C1-8 alkyl. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is of Formula (IL*-IIIa’):

(IL*-IIIa’) or a salt thereof, wherein: R¹, o, M, M’, R^2c, and R^3c are as defined for variable IL*; R^2a is a C_1-8 alkyl; and R^3a is C1-8 alkyl. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is of Formula (IL*-IIIb):

or a salt thereof, wherein: R¹, o, M, M’, R^2c, and R^3c are as defined for variable IL*; R^2a is a C_1-8 alkyl; and R^3a is C1-8 alkyl. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is of Formula (IL*-IIIb’):

or a salt thereof, wherein: R¹, o, M, M’, R^2c, and R^3c are as defined for variable IL*; R^2a is a C_1-8 alkyl; and R^3a is C1-8 alkyl. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is of Formula (IL*-IV):

(IL*-IV) or a salt thereof, wherein: R¹, o, m, n, M, M’, R^2c, and R^3c are as defined for variable IL*; R^2b is a C_1-8 alkyl; and R^3a is C1-8 alkyl. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is of Formula (IL*-IVa):

(IL*-IVa) or a salt thereof, wherein: R¹, o, m, n, M, M’, R^2c, and R^3c are as defined for variable IL*; R^2b is a C1-8 alkyl; and R^3a is C_1-8 alkyl. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is of Formula (IL*-Iva’):

(IL*-IVa) or a salt thereof, wherein: o, M, M’, R^2c, and R^3c are as defined for variable IL*; R^2a is a C_1-8 alkyl; and R^3a is C1-8 alkyl. Variables o, R¹, R^N, R^N’, R^N’’ of Ionizable Lipid In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, o is 1. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, o is 2. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, o is 3. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, o is 4. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R¹ is -OH. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^N is H. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^N is methyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^N is ethyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R¹ is -NR^N-cyclobutenyl, wherein the cyclobutenyl is optionally substituted with one or more oxo or -N(R^N’R^N’’). In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^N’ is H. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^N’ is methyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^N’ is ethyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^N’’ is H. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^N’’ is methyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^N’’ is ethyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^N’ is H and R^N’’ is methyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid,

In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid,

Variables m and n of the Ionizable Lipid In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, m is 4. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, m is 5. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, m is 6. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, m is 7. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, m is 8. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, m is 4. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, n is 5. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, n is 6. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, n is 7. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, n is 8. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, n is 5 and m is 7. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, n is 7 and m is 7. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, m is 6 and n is 6. Variables M and M’ In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, M is -O-C(=O)-*, wherein * indicates attachment to R². In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, M is -C(=O)-O-* wherein * indicates attachment to R². In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, M’ is -O-C(=O)-*, wherein * indicates attachment to R³. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, M’ is -C(=O)-O-* wherein * indicates attachment to R³. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, M is -O-C(=O)-*, wherein * indicates attachment to R², and M’ is -C(=O)-O-* wherein * indicates attachment to R³ Variables R², R^2a, R^2b, R^2c In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R² is

. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2a is hydrogen. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2a is methyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2a is ethyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2a is propyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2a is butyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2a is pentyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2a is hexyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2a is heptyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2a is octyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2b is hydrogen. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2b is methyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2b is ethyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2b is propyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2b is butyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2b is pentyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2b is hexyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2b is heptyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2b is octyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2a is hydrogen and R^2b is hydrogen. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2a is hexyl and R^2b is hydrogen. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2a is octyl and R^2b is hydrogen. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2a is hydrogen and R^2b is butyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2c is methyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2c is ethyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2c is propyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2c is butyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2c is pentyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2c is hexyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2c is heptyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^2c is octyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R² is –(C1-6 alkylene)-(C3-8 cycloalkyl)-C1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R² is –(C_1-6 alkylene)-(cyclohexyl)-C_1-6 alkyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R² is –(C1-6 alkylene)-(cyclopentyl)-C1-6 alkyl. Variables R³, R^3a, R^3b, and R^3c

In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R³ is . In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3a is hydrogen. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3a is methyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3a is ethyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3a is propyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3a is butyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3a is pentyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3a is hexyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3a is heptyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3a is octyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3b is hydrogen. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3b is methyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3b is ethyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3b is propyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3b is butyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3b is pentyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3b is hexyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3b is heptyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3b is octyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3a is octyl and R^3b is hydrogen. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3a is ethyl and R^3b is hydrogen. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3a is hexyl and R^3b is hydrogen. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3c is methyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3c is ethyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3c is propyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3c is butyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3c is pentyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3c is hexyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3c is heptyl. In some embodiments of the ionizable lipid, R^3c is octyl. It is understood that, for an ionizable lipid, variables o, R¹, R^N, R^N’, R^N’, m, n, M, M’, R², R^2a, R^2b, R^2c, R³, R^3a, R^3b, and R^3c can each be, where applicable, selected from the groups described herein, and any group described herein for any of variables o,.R¹, R^N, R^N’, R^N’, m, n, M, M’, R², R^2a, R^2b, R^2c, R³, R^3a, R^3b, and R^3c can be combined, where applicable, with any group described herein for one or more of the remainder of variables o, R¹, R^N, R^N’, R^N’, m, n, M, M’, R², R^2a, R^2b, R^2c, R³, R^3a, R^3b, and R^3c. In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is a compound selected from:

In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is

In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is

In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is

In some embodiments, the ionizable lipid is

Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is understood that an ionizable lipid may have a positive or partial positive charge at physiological pH. Such lipids may be referred to as cationic or ionizable (amino)lipids. Lipids may also be zwitterionic, i.e., neutral molecules having both a positive and a negative charge. Non-cationic lipids In certain embodiments, the lipid nanoparticles described herein comprise one or more non-cationic lipids. Non-cationic lipids may be phospholipids. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 5-25 mol% non-cationic lipid. For example, the lipid nanoparticle may comprise 5-20 mol%, 5-15 mol%, 5-10 mol%, 10-25 mol%, 10-20 mol%, 10-25 mol%, 15-25 mol%, 15-20 mol%, or 20-25 mol% non-cationic lipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 5 mol%, 10 mol%, 15 mol%, 20 mol%, or 25 mol% non-cationic lipid. In some embodiments, a non-cationic lipid of the disclosure comprises 1,2-distearoyl-sn- glycero-3-phosphocholine (DSPC), 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DOPE), 1,2-dilinoleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DLPC), 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-gly cero- phosphocholine (DMPC), 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DOPC), l,2-dipalmitoyl- sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DPPC), 1,2-diundecanoyl-sn-glycero-phosphocholine (DUPC), 1- palmitoyl-2-oleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (POPC), 1,2-di-O-octadecenyl-sn-glycero-3- phosphocholine (18:0 Diether PC), 1-oleoyl-2 cholesterylhemisuccinoyl-sn-glycero-3- phosphocholine (OChemsPC), 1-hexadecyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (C16 Lyso PC), 1,2- dilinolenoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine,1,2-diarachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine, 1,2- didocosahexaenoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine, 1,2-diphytanoyl-sn-glycero-3- phosphoethanolamine (ME 16.0 PE), 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine, 1,2- dilinoleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine, 1,2-dilinolenoyl-sn-glycero-3- phosphoethanolamine, 1,2-diarachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine, 1,2- didocosahexaenoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine, 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phospho-rac- (1-glycerol) sodium salt (DOPG), sphingomyelin, or mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 5 – 15 mol%, 5 – 10 mol%, or 10 – 15 mol% DSPC. For example, the lipid nanoparticle may comprise 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, or 15 mol% DSPC. In certain embodiments, the lipid composition of the lipid nanoparticle composition disclosed herein can comprise one or more phospholipids, for example, one or more saturated or (poly)unsaturated phospholipids or a combination thereof. In general, phospholipids comprise a phospholipid moiety and one or more fatty acid moieties. A phospholipid moiety can be selected, for example, from the non-limiting group consisting of phosphatidyl choline, phosphatidyl ethanolamine, phosphatidyl glycerol, phosphatidyl serine, phosphatidic acid, 2-lysophosphatidyl choline, and a sphingomyelin. A fatty acid moiety can be selected, for example, from the non-limiting group consisting of lauric acid, myristic acid, myristoleic acid, palmitic acid, palmitoleic acid, stearic acid, oleic acid, linoleic acid, alpha-linolenic acid, erucic acid, phytanoic acid, arachidic acid, arachidonic acid, eicosapentaenoic acid, behenic acid, docosapentaenoic acid, and docosahexaenoic acid. Particular phospholipids can facilitate fusion to a membrane. For example, a cationic phospholipid can interact with one or more negatively charged phospholipids of a membrane (e.g., a cellular or intracellular membrane). Fusion of a phospholipid to a membrane can allow one or more elements (e.g., a therapeutic agent) of a lipid-containing composition (e.g., LNPs) to pass through the membrane permitting, e.g., delivery of the one or more elements to a target tissue. Non-natural phospholipid species including natural species with modifications and substitutions including branching, oxidation, cyclization, and alkynes are also contemplated. For example, a phospholipid can be functionalized with or cross-linked to one or more alkynes (e.g., an alkenyl group in which one or more double bonds is replaced with a triple bond). Under appropriate reaction conditions, an alkyne group can undergo a copper-catalyzed cycloaddition upon exposure to an azide. Such reactions can be useful in functionalizing a lipid bilayer of a nanoparticle composition to facilitate membrane permeation or cellular recognition or in conjugating a nanoparticle composition to a useful component such as a targeting or imaging moiety (e.g., a dye). Phospholipids include, but are not limited to, glycerophospholipids such as phosphatidylcholines, phosphatidylethanolamines, phosphatidylserines, phosphatidylinositols, phosphatidy glycerols, and phosphatidic acids. Phospholipids also include phosphosphingolipid, such as sphingomyelin. In some embodiments, a phospholipid comprises 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3- phosphocholine (DSPC), 1,2-Distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DSPE), 1,2- dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (DOPE), 1,2-dilinoleoyl-sn-glycero-3- phosphocholine (DLPC), 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-gly cero-phosphocholine (DMPC), 1,2-dioleoyl-sn- glycero-3-phosphocholine (DOPC), l,2-dipalmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DPPC), 1,2- diundecanoyl-sn-glycero-phosphocholine (DUPC), 1-palmitoyl-2-oleoyl-sn-glycero-3- phosphocholine (POPC), 1,2-di-O-octadecenyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (18:0 Diether PC), 1-oleoyl-2 cholesterylhemisuccinoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (OChemsPC), 1-hexadecyl- sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (C16 Lyso PC), 1,2-dilinolenoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine,1,2- diarachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine, 1,2-didocosahexaenoyl-sn-glycero-3- phosphocholine, 1,2-diphytanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine (ME 16.0 PE), 1,2- distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine, 1,2-dilinoleoyl-sn-glycero-3- phosphoethanolamine, 1,2-dilinolenoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine, 1,2-diarachidonoyl- sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine, 1,2-didocosahexaenoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphoethanolamine, 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phospho-rac-(1-glycerol) sodium salt (DOPG), sphingomyelin, or mixtures thereof. Formula (HI) In certain embodiments, a phospholipid is an analog or variant of DSPC. In certain embodiments, a phospholipid is a compound of Formula (HI):

(HI), or a salt thereof, wherein: each R¹ is independently optionally substituted alkyl; or optionally two R¹ are joined together with the intervening atoms to form optionally substituted monocyclic carbocyclyl or optionally substituted monocyclic heterocyclyl; or optionally three R¹ are joined together with the intervening atoms to form optionally substituted bicyclic carbocyclyl or optionally substitute bicyclic heterocyclyl; n is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10; A is of the formula:

each instance of L² is independently a bond or optionally substituted C1-6 alkylene, wherein one methylene unit of the optionally substituted C_1-6 alkylene is optionally replaced with O, N(RN), S, C(O), C(O)N(RN), NRNC(O), C(O)O, OC(O), OC(O)O, OC(O)N(RN), - NRNC(O)O, or NRNC(O)N(RN); each instance of R2 is independently optionally substituted C1-30 alkyl, optionally substituted C1-30 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C1-30 alkynyl; optionally wherein one or more methylene units of R2 are independently replaced with optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted heterocyclylene, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, N(R^N), O, S, C(O), C(O)N(R^N), NR^NC(O), NR^NC(O)N(R^N), C(O)O, OC(O), OC(O)O, OC(O)N(R^N), NR^NC(O)O, C(O)S, SC(O), C(=NR^N), C(=NR^N)N(R^N), - NR^NC(=NR^N), NR^NC(=NR^N)N(R^N), C(S), C(S)N(R^N), NR^NC(S), NR^NC(S)N(R^N), S(O), OS(O), S(O)O, OS(O)O, OS(O)₂, S(O)₂O, OS(O)₂O, N(R^N)S(O), S(O)N(R^N), N(R^N)S(O)N(R^N), - OS(O)N(R^N), N(R^N)S(O)O, S(O)₂, N(R^N)S(O)₂, S(O)₂N(R^N), N(R^N)S(O)₂N(R^N), OS(O)₂N(R^N), or N(R^N)S(O)2O; each instance of RN is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group; Ring B is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; and p is 1 or 2. In certain embodiments, the compound is not of the formula:

, wherein each instance of R2 is independently unsubstituted alkyl, unsubstituted alkenyl, or unsubstituted alkynyl. In some embodiments, the phospholipids may be one or more of the phospholipids described in PCT Application No. PCT/US2018/037922. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a molar ratio of 5-25% non- cationic lipid relative to the other lipid components. For example, the lipid nanoparticle may comprise a molar ratio of 5-30%, 5-15%, 5-10%, 10-25%, 10-20%, 10-25%, 15-25%, 15-20%, 20-25%, or 25-30% non-cationic lipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a molar ratio of 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, or 30% non-cationic lipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a molar ratio of 5-25% phospholipid relative to the other lipid components. For example, the lipid nanoparticle may comprise a molar ratio of 5-30%, 5-15%, 5-10%, 10-25%, 10-20%, 10-25%, 15-25%, 15-20%, 20-25%, or 25-30% phospholipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a molar ratio of 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, or 30% phospholipid lipid. Structural lipids The lipid composition of a pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein can comprise one or more structural lipids. As used herein, the term “structural lipid” includes sterols and also to lipids containing sterol moieties. Incorporation of structural lipids in the lipid nanoparticle may help mitigate aggregation of other lipids in the particle. Structural lipids can be selected from the group including but not limited to, cholesterol, fecosterol, sitosterol, ergosterol, campesterol, stigmasterol, brassicasterol, tomatidine, tomatine, ursolic acid, alpha-tocopherol, hopanoids, phytosterols, steroids, and mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the structural lipid is a sterol. As defined herein, “sterols” are a subgroup of steroids consisting of steroid alcohols. In certain embodiments, the structural lipid is a steroid. In certain embodiments, the structural lipid is cholesterol. In certain embodiments, the structural lipid is an analog of cholesterol. In certain embodiments, the structural lipid is alpha-tocopherol. In some embodiments, the structural lipids may be one or more of the structural lipids described in U.S. Application No. 16/493,814. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a molar ratio of 25-55% structural lipid relative to the other lipid components. For example, the lipid nanoparticle may comprise a molar ratio of 10- 55%, 25-50%, 25-45%, 25-40%, 25-35%, 25-30%, 30-55%, 30-50%, 30-45%, 30-40%, 30-35%, 35-55%, 35-50%, 35-45%, 35-40%, 40-55%, 40-50%, 40-45%, 45-55%, 45- 50%, or 50-55% structural lipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a molar ratio of 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, or 55% structural lipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 30-45 mol% sterol, optionally 35- 40 mol%, for example, 30-31 mol%, 31-32 mol%, 32-33 mol%, 33-34 mol%, 34-35 mol%, 35- 36 mol%, 36-37 mol%, 37-38 mol%, 38-39 mol%, or 39-40 mol%. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 25-55 mol% sterol. For example, the lipid nanoparticle may comprise 25-50 mol%, 25-45 mol%, 25-40 mol%, 25-35 mol%, 25-30 mol%, 30-55 mol%, 30- 50 mol%, 30-45 mol%, 30-40 mol%, 30-35 mol%, 35-55 mol%, 35-50 mol%, 35-45 mol%, 35- 40 mol%, 40-55 mol%, 40-50 mol%, 40-45 mol%, 45-55 mol%, 45-50 mol%, or 50-55 mol% sterol. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 25 mol%, 30 mol%, 35 mol%, 40 mol%, 45 mol%, 50 mol%, or 55 mol% sterol. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 35 – 40 mol% cholesterol. For example, the lipid nanoparticle may comprise 35, 35.5, 36, 36.5, 37, 37.5, 38, 38.5, 39, 39.5, or 40 mol% cholesterol. Polyethylene glycol (PEG)-Lipids The lipid composition of a pharmaceutical composition disclosed herein can comprise one or more polyethylene glycol (PEG) lipids. As used herein, the term “PEG-lipid” or “PEG-modified lipid” refers to polyethylene glycol (PEG)-modified lipids. Non-limiting examples of PEG-lipids include PEG-modified phosphatidylethanolamine and phosphatidic acid, PEG-ceramide conjugates (e.g., PEG-CerC14 or PEG-CerC20), PEG-modified dialkylamines, and PEG-modified 1,2-diacyloxypropan-3- amines. Such lipids are also referred to as PEGylated lipids. For example, a PEG lipid can be PEG-c-DOMG, PEG-DMG, PEG-DLPE, PEG-DMPE, PEG-DPPC, or a PEG-DSPE lipid. In some embodiments, the PEG-lipid includes, but not limited to 1,2-dimyristoyl-sn- glycerol methoxypolyethylene glycol (PEG-DMG), 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3- phosphoethanolamine-N-[amino(polyethylene glycol)] (PEG-DSPE), PEG-disteryl glycerol (PEG-DSG), PEG-dipalmetoleyl, PEG-dioleyl, PEG-distearyl, PEG-diacylglycamide (PEG- DAG), PEG-dipalmitoyl phosphatidylethanolamine (PEG-DPPE), or PEG-l,2- dimyristyloxlpropyl-3-amine (PEG-c-DMA). In some embodiments, the PEG-lipid is selected from the group consisting of a PEG- modified phosphatidylethanolamine, a PEG-modified phosphatidic acid, a PEG-modified ceramide, a PEG-modified dialkylamine, a PEG-modified diacylglycerol, a PEG-modified dialkylglycerol, and mixtures thereof. In some embodiments, the PEG-modified lipid is PEG- DMG, PEG-c-DOMG (also referred to as PEG-DOMG), PEG-DSG, and/or PEG-DPG. In some embodiments, the lipid moiety of the PEG-lipids includes those having lengths of from about C14 to about C22, preferably from about C14 to about C16. In some embodiments, a PEG moiety, for example an mPEG-NH2, has a size of about 1000, 2000, 5000, 10,000, 15,000 or 20,000 daltons. In some embodiments, the PEG-lipid is PEG_2k-DMG. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticles described herein can comprise a PEG lipid which is a non-diffusible PEG. Non-limiting examples of non-diffusible PEGs include PEG-DSG and PEG-DSPE. PEG-lipids are known in the art, such as those described in U.S. Patent No. 8158601 and International Publ. No. WO 2015/130584 A2, which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. In general, some of the other lipid components (e.g., PEG lipids) of various formulae described herein may be synthesized as described International Patent Application No. PCT/US2016/000129, filed December 10, 2016, entitled “Compositions and Methods for Delivery of Therapeutic Agents,” which is incorporated by reference in its entirety. The lipid component of a lipid nanoparticle composition may include one or more molecules comprising polyethylene glycol, such as PEG or PEG-modified lipids. Such species may be alternately referred to as PEGylated lipids. A PEG lipid is a lipid modified with polyethylene glycol. A PEG lipid may be selected from the non-limiting group including PEG- modified phosphatidylethanolamines, PEG-modified phosphatidic acids, PEG-modified ceramides, PEG-modified dialkylamines, PEG-modified diacylglycerols, PEG-modified dialkylglycerols, and mixtures thereof. For example, a PEG lipid may be PEG-c-DOMG, PEG- DMG, PEG-DLPE, PEG-DMPE, PEG-DPPC, or a PEG-DSPE lipid. In some embodiments the PEG-modified lipids are a modified form of PEG DMG. PEG- DMG has the following structure:

In some embodiments, PEG lipids can be PEGylated lipids described in International Publication No. WO2012099755, the contents of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. Any of these exemplary PEG lipids described herein may be modified to comprise a hydroxyl group on the PEG chain. In certain embodiments, the PEG lipid is a PEG-OH lipid. As generally defined herein, a “PEG-OH lipid” (also referred to herein as “hydroxy-PEGylated lipid”) is a PEGylated lipid having one or more hydroxyl (–OH) groups on the lipid. In certain embodiments, the PEG-OH lipid includes one or more hydroxyl groups on the PEG chain. In certain embodiments, a PEG-OH or hydroxy-PEGylated lipid comprises an –OH group at the terminus of the PEG chain. Each possibility represents a separate embodiment. Formula (PI) In certain embodiments, a PEG lipid is a compound of Formula (PI):

(PI), or salts thereof, wherein: R³ is –OR^O; R^O is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or an oxygen protecting group; r is an integer between 1 and 100, inclusive; L¹ is optionally substituted C1-10 alkylene, wherein at least one methylene of the optionally substituted C1-10 alkylene is independently replaced with optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted heterocyclylene, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, O, N(R^N), S, C(O), C(O)N(R^N), NR^NC(O), C(O)O, OC(O), OC(O)O, OC(O)N(R^N), NR^NC(O)O, or NR^NC(O)N(R^N); D is a moiety obtained by click chemistry or a moiety cleavable under physiological conditions; m is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10; A is of the formula:

each instance of L² is independently a bond or optionally substituted C1-6 alkylene, wherein one methylene unit of the optionally substituted C_1-6 alkylene is optionally replaced with O, N(R^N), S, C(O), C(O)N(R^N), NR^NC(O), C(O)O, OC(O), OC(O)O, OC(O)N(R^N), NR^NC(O)O, or NR^NC(O)N(R^N); each instance of R² is independently optionally substituted C_1-30 alkyl, optionally substituted C_1-30 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C_1-30 alkynyl; optionally wherein one or more methylene units of R² are independently replaced with optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted heterocyclylene, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, N(R^N), O, S, C(O), C(O)N(R^N), NR^NC(O), NR^NC(O)N(R^N), C(O)O, OC(O), - OC(O)O, OC(O)N(R^N), NR^NC(O)O, C(O)S, SC(O), C(=NR^N), C(=NR^N)N(R^N), NR^NC(=NR^N), NR^NC(=NR^N)N(R^N), C(S), C(S)N(R^N), NR^NC(S), NR^NC(S)N(R^N), S(O) , OS(O), S(O)O, - OS(O)O, OS(O)₂, S(O)₂O, OS(O)₂O, N(R^N)S(O), S(O)N(R^N), N(R^N)S(O)N(R^N), OS(O)N(R^N), N(R^N)S(O)O, S(O)2, N(R^N)S(O)2, S(O)2N(R^N), N(R^N)S(O)2N(R^N), OS(O)2N(R^N), or - N(R^N)S(O)2O; each instance of R^N is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group; Ring B is optionally substituted carbocyclyl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl; and p is 1 or 2. In certain embodiments, the compound of Fomula (PI) is a PEG-OH lipid (i.e., R³ is – OR^O, and R^O is hydrogen). In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (PI) is of Formula (PI-OH):

(PI-OH), or a salt thereof. Formula (PII) In certain embodiments, a PEG lipid is a PEGylated fatty acid. In certain embodiments, a PEG lipid is a compound of Formula (PII). In some embodiments, compounds of Formula (PII) have the following formula:

(PII), or a salts thereof, wherein: R³ is–OR^O; R^O is hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl or an oxygen protecting group; r is an integer between 1 and 100, inclusive; R⁵ is optionally substituted C_10-40 alkyl, optionally substituted C_10-40 alkenyl, or optionally substituted C10-40 alkynyl; and optionally one or more methylene groups of R⁵ are replaced with optionally substituted carbocyclylene, optionally substituted heterocyclylene, optionally substituted arylene, optionally substituted heteroarylene, N(R^N), O, S, C(O), C(O)N(R^N), - NR^NC(O), NR^NC(O)N(R^N), C(O)O, OC(O), OC(O)O, OC(O)N(R^N), NR^NC(O)O, C(O)S, SC(O), C(=NR^N), C(=NR^N)N(R^N), NR^NC(=NR^N), NR^NC(=NR^N)N(R^N), C(S), C(S)N(R^N), NR^NC(S), - NR^NC(S)N(R^N), S(O), OS(O), S(O)O, OS(O)O, OS(O)₂, S(O)₂O, OS(O)₂O, N(R^N)S(O), - S(O)N(R^N), N(R^N)S(O)N(R^N), OS(O)N(R^N), N(R^N)S(O)O, S(O)₂, N(R^N)S(O)₂, S(O)₂N(R^N), - N(R^N)S(O)2N(R^N), OS(O)2N(R^N), or N(R^N)S(O)2O; and each instance of R^N is independently hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl, or a nitrogen protecting group. In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (PII) is of Formula (PII-OH):

(PII-OH), or a salt thereof. In some embodiments, r is 40-50. In yet other embodiments the compound of Formula (PII) is:

salt thereof. In some embodiments, the compound of Formula (PII) is

. In some embodiments, the lipid composition of the pharmaceutical compositions disclosed herein does not comprise a PEG-lipid. In some embodiments, the PEG-lipids may be one or more of the PEG lipids described in U.S. Application No. US15/674,872. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a molar ratio of 0.5-15% PEG lipid relative to the other lipid components. For example, the lipid nanoparticle may comprise a molar ratio of 0.5-10%, 0.5-5%, 1-15%, 1-10%, 1-5%, 2-15%, 2-10%, 2-5%, 5-15%, 5-10%, or 10-15% PEG lipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises a molar ratio of 0.5%, 1%, 2%, 3%, 4%, 5%, 6%, 7%, 8%, 9%, 10%, 11%, 12%, 13%, 14%, or 15% PEG- lipid. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 1-5% PEG-modified lipid, optionally 1-3 mol%, for example 1.5 to 2.5 mol%, 1-2 mol%, 2-3 mol%, 3-4 mol%, or 4-5 mol%. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 0.5-15 mol% PEG-modified lipid. For example, the lipid nanoparticle may comprise 0.5-10 mol%, 0.5-5 mol%, 1-15 mol%, 1-10 mol%, 1-5 mol%, 2-15 mol%, 2-10 mol%, 2-5 mol%, 5-15 mol%, 5-10 mol%, or 10-15 mol%. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 0.5 mol%, 1 mol%, 2 mol%, 3 mol%, 4 mol%, 5 mol%, 6 mol%, 7 mol%, 8 mol%, 9 mol%, 10 mol%, 11 mol%, 12 mol%, 13 mol%, 14 mol%, or 15 mol% PEG-modified lipid. Some embodiments comprise adding PEG to a composition comprising an LNP encapsulating a nucleic acid (e.g., which already includes PEG in the amounts listed above). In embodiments comprise adding about 0.5mo% or more PEG to an LNP composition, such as about 1mol%, about 1.5mol%, about 2mol%, about 2.5mol%, about 3mol%, about 3.5mol%, about 4mol%, about 5mol%, or more after formation of an LNP composition (e.g., which already contains PEG in amount listed elsewhere herein). In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 20-60 mol% ionizable amino lipid, 5-25 mol% non-cationic lipid, 25-55 mol% sterol, and 0.5-15 mol% PEG-modified lipid. In some embodiments, a LNP of the disclosure comprises an ionizable amino lipid of Compound 1, wherein the non-cationic lipid is DSPC, the structural lipid that is cholesterol, and the PEG lipid is DMG-PEG. In some embodiments, a LNP of the disclosure comprises an ionizable amino lipid of Compound 2, wherein the non-cationic lipid is DSPC, the structural lipid that is cholesterol, and the PEG lipid is DMG-PEG. In some embodiments, a LNP comprises an ionizable amino lipid of any of Formula (AIII), (AIV), or (AV), a phospholipid comprising DSPC, a structural lipid, and a PEG lipid comprising PEG-DMG. In some embodiments, a LNP comprises an ionizable amino lipid of any of Formula (AIII), (AIV), or (AV), a phospholipid comprising DSPC, a structural lipid, and a PEG lipid comprising a compound having Formula (PII). In some embodiments, a LNP comprises an ionizable amino lipid of Formula (AIII), (AIV), or (AV), a phospholipid comprising a compound having Formula (HI), a structural lipid, and the PEG lipid comprising a compound having Formula (PI) or (PII). In some embodiments, a LNP comprises an ionizable amino lipid of Formula (AIII), (AIV), or (AV), a phospholipid comprising a compound having Formula (HI), a structural lipid, and the PEG lipid comprising a compound having Formula (PI) or (PII). In some embodiments, a LNP comprises an ionizable amino lipid of Formula (AIII), (AIV), or (AV), a phospholipid having Formula (HI), a structural lipid, and a PEG lipid comprising a compound having Formula (PII). In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 49 mol% ionizable amino lipid, 10 mol% DSPC, 38.5 mol% cholesterol, and 2.5 mol% DMG-PEG. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 49 mol% ionizable amino lipid, 11 mol% DSPC, 38.5 mol% cholesterol, and 1.5 mol% DMG-PEG. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticle comprises 48 mol% ionizable amino lipid, 11 mol% DSPC, 38.5 mol% cholesterol, and 2.5 mol% DMG-PEG. In some embodiments, a LNP comprises an N:P ratio of from about 2:1 to about 30:1. In some embodiments, a LNP comprises an N:P ratio of about 6:1. In some embodiments, a LNP comprises an N:P ratio of about 3:1, 4:1, or 5:1. In some embodiments, a LNP comprises a wt/wt ratio of the ionizable amino lipid component to the RNA of from about 10:1 to about 100:1. In some embodiments, a LNP comprises a wt/wt ratio of the ionizable amino lipid component to the RNA of about 20:1. In some embodiments, a LNP comprises a wt/wt ratio of the ionizable amino lipid component to the RNA of about 10:1. Some embodiments comprise a composition having one or more LNPs having a diameter of about 150 nm or less, such as about 140 nm, 130 nm, 120 nm, 110 nm, 100 nm, 90 nm, 80 nm, 70 nm, 60 nm, 50 nm, 40 nm, 30 nm, or 20 nm or less. Some embodiments comprise a composition having a mean LNP diameter of about 150 nm or less, such as about 140 nm, 130 nm, 120 nm, 110 nm, 100 nm, 90 nm, 80 nm, 70 nm, 60 nm, 50 nm, 40 nm, 30 nm, or 20 nm or less. In some embodiments, the composition has a mean LNP diameter from about 30nm to about 150nm, or a mean diameter from about 60nm to about 120nm. A LNP may comprise or one or more types of lipids, including but not limited to amino lipids (e.g., ionizable amino lipids), neutral lipids, non-cationic lipids, charged lipids, PEG- modified lipids, phospholipids, structural lipids and sterols. In some embodiments, a LNP may further comprise one or more cargo molecules, including but not limited to nucleic acids (e.g., mRNA, plasmid DNA, DNA or RNA oligonucleotides, siRNA, shRNA, snRNA, snoRNA, lncRNA, etc.), small molecules, proteins and peptides. In some embodiments, the composition comprises a liposome. A liposome is a lipid particle comprising lipids arranged into one or more concentric lipid bilayers around a central region. The central region of a liposome may comprise an aqueous solution, suspension, or other aqueous composition. In some embodiments, the composition comprises a lipoplex. A lipoplex is a lipid particle comprising a cationic liposome and a nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA). Lipoplexes may be formed by contacting a liposome comprising a cationic lipid with a nucleic acid. A lipoplex may comprise multiple concentric lipid bilayers, each concentric bilayer separated by one or more nucleic acids. The central region of the lipoplex may comprise an aqueous solution, suspension, or other aqueous composition. In some embodiments, the composition comprises a lipopolyplex. A lipopolyplex is a lipid particle comprising a lipid bilayer surrounding a complex of a cationic polymer and a nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA). See Midoux & Pichon, Expert Rev Vaccines. 2015. 14(2):221–234. A lipopolyplex may be formed by contacting a cationic liposome (e.g., liposome comprising a cationic lipid) with the complex of nucleic acid and cationic polymer. The central region of the lipopolyplex may comprise an aqueous solution, suspension, or other aqueous composition. In some embodiments, the composition comprises a cationic nanoemulsion. A cationic nanoemulsion comprises a cationic lipid, hydrophilic surfactant, and hydrophobic surfactant. A liposome, lipoplex, lipopolyplex, or cationic nanoemulsion may comprise a sterol. A liposome, lipoplex, lipopolyplex, or cationic nanoemulsion may comprise a neutral lipid. A liposome, lipoplex, lipopolyplex, or cationic nanoemulsion may comprise a PEG-modified lipid. In some embodiments, a lipid nanoparticle may comprise two or more components (e.g., amino lipid and nucleic acid, PEG-lipid, phospholipid, structural lipid). For instance, a lipid nanoparticle may comprise an amino lipid and a nucleic acid. Compositions comprising the lipid nanoparticles, such as those described herein, may be used for a wide variety of applications, including the stealth delivery of therapeutic payloads with minimal adverse innate immune response. Effective in vivo delivery of nucleic acids represents a continuing medical challenge. Exogenous nucleic acids (i.e., originating from outside of a cell or organism) are readily degraded in the body, e.g., by the immune system. Accordingly, effective delivery of nucleic acids to cells often requires the use of a particulate carrier (e.g., lipid nanoparticles). The particulate carrier should be formulated to have minimal particle aggregation, be relatively stable prior to intracellular delivery, effectively deliver nucleic acids intracellularly, and elicit no or minimal immune response. To achieve minimal particle aggregation and pre-delivery stability, many conventional particulate carriers have relied on the presence and/or concentration of certain components (e.g., PEG-lipid). However, it has been discovered that certain components may decrease the stability of encapsulated nucleic acids (e.g., mRNA molecules). The reduced stability may limit the broad applicability of the particulate carriers. As such, there remains a need for methods by which to improve the stability of nucleic acid (e.g., mRNA) encapsulated within lipid nanoparticles. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticles comprise one or more of ionizable molecules, polynucleotides, and optional components, such as structural lipids, sterols, neutral lipids, phospholipids and a molecule capable of reducing particle aggregation (e.g., polyethylene glycol (PEG), PEG-modified lipid), such as those described above. In some embodiments, a LNP described herein may include one or more ionizable molecules (e.g., amino lipids or ionizable lipids). The ionizable molecule may comprise a charged group and may have a certain pKa. In certain embodiments, the pKa of the ionizable molecule may be greater than or equal to about 6, greater than or equal to about 6.2, greater than or equal to about 6.5, greater than or equal to about 6.8, greater than or equal to about 7, greater than or equal to about 7.2, greater than or equal to about 7.5, greater than or equal to about 7.8, greater than or equal to about 8. In some embodiments, the pKa of the ionizable molecule may be less than or equal to about 10, less than or equal to about 9.8, less than or equal to about 9.5, less than or equal to about 9.2, less than or equal to about 9.0, less than or equal to about 8.8, or less than or equal to about 8.5. Combinations of the above referenced ranges are also possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 6 and less than or equal to about 8.5). Other ranges are also possible. In embodiments in which more than one type of ionizable molecule are present in a particle, each type of ionizable molecule may independently have a pKa in one or more of the ranges described above. In general, an ionizable molecule comprises one or more charged groups. In some embodiments, an ionizable molecule may be positively charged or negatively charged. For instance, an ionizable molecule may be positively charged. For example, an ionizable molecule may comprise an amine group. As used herein, the term “ionizable molecule” has its ordinary meaning in the art and may refer to a molecule or matrix comprising one or more charged moiety. As used herein, a “charged moiety” is a chemical moiety that carries a formal electronic charge, e.g., monovalent (+1, or -1), divalent (+2, or -2), trivalent (+3, or -3), etc. The charged moiety may be anionic (i.e., negatively charged) or cationic (i.e., positively charged). Examples of positively-charged moieties include amine groups (e.g., primary, secondary, and/or tertiary amines), ammonium groups, pyridinium group, guanidine groups, and imidizolium groups. In a particular embodiment, the charged moieties comprise amine groups. Examples of negatively- charged groups or precursors thereof, include carboxylate groups, sulfonate groups, sulfate groups, phosphonate groups, phosphate groups, hydroxyl groups, and the like. The charge of the charged moiety may vary, in some cases, with the environmental conditions, for example, changes in pH may alter the charge of the moiety, and/or cause the moiety to become charged or uncharged. In general, the charge density of the molecule and/or matrix may be selected as desired. In some cases, an ionizable molecule (e.g., an amino lipid or ionizable lipid) may include one or more precursor moieties that can be converted to charged moieties. For instance, the ionizable molecule may include a neutral moiety that can be hydrolyzed to form a charged moiety, such as those described above. As a non-limiting specific example, the molecule or matrix may include an amide, which can be hydrolyzed to form an amine, respectively. Those of ordinary skill in the art will be able to determine whether a given chemical moiety carries a formal electronic charge (for example, by inspection, pH titration, ionic conductivity measurements, etc.), and/or whether a given chemical moiety can be reacted (e.g., hydrolyzed) to form a chemical moiety that carries a formal electronic charge. The ionizable molecule (e.g., amino lipid or ionizable lipid) may have any suitable molecular weight. In certain embodiments, the molecular weight of an ionizable molecule is less than or equal to about 2,500 g/mol, less than or equal to about 2,000 g/mol, less than or equal to about 1,500 g/mol, less than or equal to about 1,250 g/mol, less than or equal to about 1,000 g/mol, less than or equal to about 900 g/mol, less than or equal to about 800 g/mol, less than or equal to about 700 g/mol, less than or equal to about 600 g/mol, less than or equal to about 500 g/mol, less than or equal to about 400 g/mol, less than or equal to about 300 g/mol, less than or equal to about 200 g/mol, or less than or equal to about 100 g/mol. In some instances, the molecular weight of an ionizable molecule is greater than or equal to about 100 g/mol, greater than or equal to about 200 g/mol, greater than or equal to about 300 g/mol, greater than or equal to about 400 g/mol, greater than or equal to about 500 g/mol, greater than or equal to about 600 g/mol, greater than or equal to about 700 g/mol, greater than or equal to about 1000 g/mol, greater than or equal to about 1,250 g/mol, greater than or equal to about 1,500 g/mol, greater than or equal to about 1,750 g/mol, greater than or equal to about 2,000 g/mol, or greater than or equal to about 2,250 g/mol. Combinations of the above ranges (e.g., at least about 200 g/mol and less than or equal to about 2,500 g/mol) are also possible. In embodiments in which more than one type of ionizable molecules are present in a particle, each type of ionizable molecule may independently have a molecular weight in one or more of the ranges described above. In some embodiments, the percentage (e.g., by weight, or by mole) of a single type of ionizable molecule (e.g., amino lipid or ionizable lipid) and/or of all the ionizable molecules within a particle may be greater than or equal to about 15%, greater than or equal to about 16%, greater than or equal to about 17%, greater than or equal to about 18%, greater than or equal to about 19%, greater than or equal to about 20%, greater than or equal to about 21%, greater than or equal to about 22%, greater than or equal to about 23%, greater than or equal to about 24%, greater than or equal to about 25%, greater than or equal to about 30%, greater than or equal to about 35%, greater than or equal to about 40%, greater than or equal to about 42%, greater than or equal to about 45%, greater than or equal to about 48%, greater than or equal to about 50%, greater than or equal to about 52%, greater than or equal to about 55%, greater than or equal to about 58%, greater than or equal to about 60%, greater than or equal to about 62%, greater than or equal to about 65%, or greater than or equal to about 68%. In some instances, the percentage (e.g., by weight, or by mole) may be less than or equal to about 70%, less than or equal to about 68%, less than or equal to about 65%, less than or equal to about 62%, less than or equal to about 60%, less than or equal to about 58%, less than or equal to about 55%, less than or equal to about 52%, less than or equal to about 50%, or less than or equal to about 48%. Combinations of the above referenced ranges are also possible (e.g., greater than or equal to 20% and less than or equal to about 60%, greater than or equal to 40% and less than or equal to about 55%, etc.). In embodiments in which more than one type of ionizable molecule is present in a particle, each type of ionizable molecule may independently have a percentage (e.g., by weight, or by mole) in one or more of the ranges described above. The percentage (e.g., by weight, or by mole) may be determined by extracting the ionizable molecule(s) from the dried particles using, e.g., organic solvents, and measuring the quantity of the agent using high pressure liquid chromatography (i.e., HPLC), liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS), nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), or mass spectrometry (MS). Those of ordinary skill in the art would be knowledgeable of techniques to determine the quantity of a component using the above-referenced techniques. For example, HPLC may be used to quantify the amount of a component, by, e.g., comparing the area under the curve of a HPLC chromatogram to a standard curve. It should be understood that the terms “charged” or “charged moiety” does not refer to a “partial negative charge" or “partial positive charge" on a molecule. The terms “partial negative charge" and “partial positive charge" are given their ordinary meaning in the art. A “partial negative charge" may result when a functional group comprises a bond that becomes polarized such that electron density is pulled toward one atom of the bond, creating a partial negative charge on the atom. Those of ordinary skill in the art will, in general, recognize bonds that can become polarized in this way. According to the disclosures herein, a lipid composition may comprise one or more lipids as described herein. Such lipids may include those useful in the preparation of lipid nanoparticle formulations as described above or as known in the art. Insertions and Substitutions The present disclosure also includes a polynucleotide of the present disclosure that further comprises insertions and/or substitutions. In some embodiments, the 5'UTR of the polynucleotide can be replaced by the insertion of at least one region and/or string of nucleosides of the same base. The region and/or string of nucleotides can include, but is not limited to, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7 or at least 8 nucleotides and the nucleotides can be natural and/or unnatural. As a non-limiting example, the group of nucleotides can include 5-8 adenine, cytosine, thymine, a string of any of the other nucleotides disclosed herein and/or combinations thereof. In some embodiments, the 5'UTR of the polynucleotide can be replaced by the insertion of at least two regions and/or strings of nucleotides of two different bases such as, but not limited to, adenine, cytosine, thymine, any of the other nucleotides disclosed herein and/or combinations thereof. For example, the 5'UTR can be replaced by inserting 5-8 adenine bases followed by the insertion of 5-8 cytosine bases. In another example, the 5'UTR can be replaced by inserting 5-8 cytosine bases followed by the insertion of 5-8 adenine bases. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide can include at least one substitution and/or insertion downstream of the transcription start site that can be recognized by an RNA polymerase. As a non-limiting example, at least one substitution and/or insertion can occur downstream of the transcription start site by substituting at least one nucleic acid in the region just downstream of the transcription start site (such as, but not limited to, +1 to +6). Changes to region of nucleotides just downstream of the transcription start site can affect initiation rates, increase apparent nucleotide triphosphate (NTP) reaction constant values, and increase the dissociation of short transcripts from the transcription complex curing initial transcription (Brieba et al, Biochemistry (2002) 41: 5144-5149; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). The modification, substitution and/or insertion of at least one nucleoside can cause a silent mutation of the sequence or can cause a mutation in the amino acid sequence. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide can include the substitution of at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7, at least 8, at least 9, at least 10, at least 11, at least 12 or at least 13 guanine bases downstream of the transcription start site. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide can include the substitution of at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5 or at least 6 guanine bases in the region just downstream of the transcription start site. As a non-limiting example, if the nucleotides in the region are GGGAGA, the guanine bases can be substituted by at least 1, at least 2, at least 3 or at least 4 adenine nucleotides. In another non-limiting example, if the nucleotides in the region are GGGAGA the guanine bases can be substituted by at least 1, at least 2, at least 3 or at least 4 cytosine bases. In another non-limiting example, if the nucleotides in the region are GGGAGA the guanine bases can be substituted by at least 1, at least 2, at least 3 or at least 4 thymine, and/or any of the nucleotides described herein. In some embodiments, the polynucleotide can include at least one substitution and/or insertion upstream of the start codon. For the purpose of clarity, one of skill in the art would appreciate that the start codon is the first codon of the protein coding region whereas the transcription start site is the site where transcription begins. The polynucleotide can include, but is not limited to, at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 7 or at least 8 substitutions and/or insertions of nucleotide bases. The nucleotide bases can be inserted or substituted at 1, at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4 or at least 5 locations upstream of the start codon. The nucleotides inserted and/or substituted can be the same base (e.g., all A or all C or all T or all G), two different bases (e.g., A and C, A and T, or C and T), three different bases (e.g., A, C and T or A, C and T) or at least four different bases. As a non-limiting example, the guanine base upstream of the coding region in the polynucleotide can be substituted with adenine, cytosine, thymine, or any of the nucleotides described herein. In another non-limiting example the substitution of guanine bases in the polynucleotide can be designed so as to leave one guanine base in the region downstream of the transcription start site and before the start codon (see Esvelt et al. Nature (2011) 472(7344):499- 503; the contents of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). As a non-limiting example, at least 5 nucleotides can be inserted at 1 location downstream of the transcription start site but upstream of the start codon and the at least 5 nucleotides can be the same base type. In some embodiments, a polynucleotide includes 200 to 3,000 nucleotides. For example, a polynucleotide may include 200 to 500, 200 to 1000, 200 to 1500, 200 to 3000, 500 to 1000, 500 to 1500, 500 to 2000, 500 to 3000, 1000 to 1500, 1000 to 2000, 1000 to 3000, 1500 to 3000, or 2000 to 3000 nucleotides. Provided herein are compositions (e.g., pharmaceutical compositions), methods, kits and reagents for prevention and/or treatment of disease in humans and other mammals. The compositions can be used as therapeutic or prophylactic agents. For example, when the composition comprises an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or an Enterovirus3C protease the RNA encoding such an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or an Enterovirus 3C protease is used to provide prophylactic or therapeutic protection from an Enterovirus infection. Prophylactic protection from Enterovirus infection can be achieved following administration of a composition (e.g., a composition comprising one or more polynucleotides encoding one or more Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or an Enterovirus3C protease) of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus is any virus from the Enterovirus B species. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus B virus is any Echovirus. In some embodiments, the Echovirus is Echovirus 5 (EV). In some embodiments, the Echovirus is Echovirus 26 (E26). In some embodiments, the Enterovirus B is Enterovirus-B75 (B75). Compositions can be administered once, twice, three times, four times or more. In some aspects, the compositions can be administered to an infected individual to achieve a therapeutic response. Dosing may need to be adjusted accordingly. It is envisioned that there may be situations where persons are at risk for infection with more than one strain of type of infectious agent. RNA (mRNA) therapeutic treatments are particularly amenable to combination vaccination approaches due to a number of factors including, but not limited to, speed of manufacture, ability to rapidly tailor treatments to accommodate perceived geographical threat, and the like. To protect against more than one strain of Enterovirus, a combination treatment can be administered that includes RNA encoding at least one polypeptide (or portion thereof) of an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and further includes RNA encoding at least one polypeptide (or portion thereof) of an Enterovirus3C protease. RNAs (mRNAs) can be co-formulated, for example, in a single lipid nanoparticle (LNP) or can be formulated in separate LNPs destined for co-administration. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus is any virus from the Enterovirus B species. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus B virus is any Echovirus. In some embodiments, the Echovirus is Echovirus 5 (EV). In some embodiments, the Echovirus is Echovirus 26 (E26). In some embodiments, the Enterovirus B is Enterovirus-B75 (B75). A prophylactically effective dose is a therapeutically effective dose that prevents infection with the virus at a clinically acceptable level. In some embodiments, the therapeutically effective dose is a dose listed in a package insert for the treatment. A prophylactic therapy as used herein refers to a therapy that prevents, to some extent, the infection from increasing. The infection may be prevented completely or partially. The methods of the invention involve, in some aspects, passively immunizing a mammalian subject against an influenza virus infection. The method involves administering to the subject a composition comprising at least one RNA polynucleotide having an open reading frame encoding at least one Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and Enterovirus 3C protease. In some aspects, methods of the present disclosure provide prophylactic treatments against an Enterovirus infection. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus is any virus from the Enterovirus B species. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus B virus is any Echovirus. In some embodiments, the Echovirus is Echovirus 5 (EV). In some embodiments, the Echovirus is Echovirus 26 (E26). In some embodiments, the Enterovirus B is Enterovirus-B75 (B75). Therapeutic methods of treatment are also included within the invention. Methods of treating an Enterovirus infection in a subject are provided in aspects of the disclosure. The method involves administering to the subject having an influenza virus infection a composition comprising at least one RNA polynucleotide having an open reading frame encoding at least one Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and Enterovirus 3C protease. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus is any virus from the Enterovirus B species. In some embodiments, the Enterovirus B virus is any Echovirus. In some embodiments, the Echovirus is Echovirus 5 (EV). In some embodiments, the Echovirus is Echovirus 26 (E26). In some embodiments, the Enterovirus B is Enterovirus-B75 (B75). As used herein, the terms treat, treated, or treating when used with respect to a disorder such as a viral infection, refers to a treatment which increases the resistance of a subject to development of the disease or, in other words, decreases the likelihood that the subject will develop the disease in response to infection with the virus as well as a treatment after the subject has developed the disease in order to fight the infection or prevent the infection from becoming worse. It should be understood that a method of treating as used herein includes prophylactic and therapeutic methods of treatment. An “effective amount” of an RNA treatment of the present disclosure is provided based, at least in part, on the target tissue, target cell type, means of administration, physical characteristics of the polynucleotide (e.g., size, and extent of modified nucleosides), and other components of the RNA treatment, and other determinants. Increased antibody production may be demonstrated by increased cell transfection (the percentage of cells transfected with the RNA treatment), increased protein translation from the polynucleotide, decreased nucleic acid degradation (as demonstrated, for example, by increased duration of protein translation from a modified polynucleotide), or altered response of the host cell. In some embodiments, RNA treatments (including polynucleotides and their encoded polypeptides) in accordance with the present disclosure may be used for treatment of the disease. RNA treatments may be administered prophylactically or therapeutically as part of an active immunization scheme to healthy individuals or early in infection during the incubation phase or during active infection after onset of symptoms. In some embodiments, the amount of RNA treatments of the present disclosure provided to a cell, a tissue or a subject may be an amount effective for immune prophylaxis. RNA treatments may be administered with other prophylactic or therapeutic compounds. As a non-limiting example, a prophylactic or therapeutic compound may be a vaccine containing an virus treatment with or without an adjuvant or a booster. As used herein, when referring to a prophylactic composition, such as a treatment or vaccine, the term “booster” refers to an extra administration of the prophylactic composition. A booster (or booster vaccine) may be given after an earlier administration of the prophylactic composition. The time of administration between the initial administration of the prophylactic composition and the booster may be, but is not limited to, 1 minute, 2 minutes, 3 minutes, 4 minutes, 5 minutes, 6 minutes, 7 minutes, 8 minutes, 9 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, 20 minutes 35 minutes, 40 minutes, 45 minutes, 50 minutes, 55 minutes, 1 hour, 2 hours, 3 hours, 4 hours, 5 hours, 6 hours, 7 hours, 8 hours, 9 hours, 10 hours, 11 hours, 12 hours, 13 hours, 14 hours, 15 hours, 16 hours, 17 hours, 18 hours, 19 hours, 20 hours, 21 hours, 22 hours, 23 hours, 1 day, 36 hours, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 1 week, 10 days, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months, 11 months, 1 year, 18 months, 2 years, 3 years, 4 years, 5 years, 6 years, 7 years, 8 years, 9 years, 10 years, 11 years, 12 years, 13 years, 14 years, 15 years, 16 years, 17 years, 18 years, 19 years, 20 years, 25 years, 30 years, 35 years, 40 years, 45 years, 50 years, 55 years, 60 years, 65 years, 70 years, 75 years, 80 years, 85 years, 90 years, 95 years, or more than 99 years. In exemplary embodiments, the time of administration between the initial administration of the prophylactic composition and the booster may be, but is not limited to, 1 week, 2 weeks, 3 weeks, 1 month, 2 months, 3 months, 6 months, or 1 year. In some embodiments, RNA treatments may be administered subcutaneously, intraocularly, intravitreally, parenterally, subcutaneously, intravenously, intracerebro- ventricularly, intramuscularly, intrathecally, orally, intraperitoneally, by oral or nasal inhalation, or by direct injection to one or more cells, tissues, or organs. Provided herein are pharmaceutical compositions including RNA treatments and RNA compositions and/or complexes optionally in combination with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. RNA treatments may be formulated or administered in combination with one or more pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients. In some embodiments, compositions comprise at least one additional active substance, such as, for example, a therapeutically-active substance, a prophylactically-active substance, or a combination of both. Treatment compositions may be sterile, pyrogen-free or both sterile and pyrogen-free. General considerations in the formulation and/or manufacture of pharmaceutical agents, such as treatment compositions, may be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 21st ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). In some embodiments, RNA treatments are administered to humans, human patients, or subjects. For the purposes of the present disclosure, the phrase “active ingredient” generally refers to the RNA treatments or the polynucleotides contained therein, for example, RNA polynucleotides (e.g., mRNA polynucleotides) encoding Enterovirus capsid polyprotein and/or Enterovirus 3C protease. Formulations of the compositions described herein may be prepared by any method known or hereafter developed in the art of pharmacology. In general, such preparatory methods include the step of bringing the active ingredient (e.g., mRNA polynucleotide) into association with an excipient and/or one or more other accessory ingredients, and then, if necessary and/or desirable, dividing, shaping and/or packaging the product into a desired single- or multi-dose unit. Relative amounts of the active ingredient, the pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and/or any additional ingredients in a pharmaceutical composition in accordance with the disclosure will vary, depending upon the identity, size, and/or condition of the subject treated and further depending upon the route by which the composition is to be administered. By way of example, the composition may comprise between 0.1% and 100%, e.g., between 0.5 and 50%, between 1-30%, between 5-80%, at least 80% (w/w) active ingredient. RNA treatments can be formulated using one or more excipients to: (1) increase stability; (2) increase cell transfection; (3) permit the sustained or delayed release (e.g., from a depot formulation); (4) alter the biodistribution (e.g., target to specific tissues or cell types); (5) increase the translation of encoded protein in vivo; and/or (6) alter the release profile of encoded protein (e.g., HCAb) in vivo. In addition to traditional excipients such as any and all solvents, dispersion media, diluents, or other liquid vehicles, dispersion or suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or emulsifying agents, preservatives, excipients can include, without limitation, lipidoids, liposomes, lipid nanoparticles, polymers, lipoplexes, core-shell nanoparticles, peptides, proteins, cells transfected with RNA treatments (e.g., for transplantation into a subject), hyaluronidase, nanoparticle mimics, and combinations thereof. Naturally-occurring eukaryotic mRNA molecules have been found to contain stabilizing elements, including, but not limited to untranslated regions (UTR) at their 5′-end (5′UTR) and/or at their 3′-end (3′UTR), in addition to other structural features, such as a 5′-cap structure or a 3′- poly(A) tail. Both the 5′UTR and the 3′UTR are typically transcribed from the genomic DNA and are elements of the premature mRNA. Characteristic structural features of mature mRNA, such as the 5′-cap and the 3′-poly(A) tail are usually added to the transcribed (premature) mRNA during mRNA processing. The 3′-poly(A) tail is typically a stretch of adenine nucleotides added to the 3′-end of the transcribed mRNA. It can comprise up to about 400 adenine nucleotides. In some embodiments the length of the 3′-poly(A) tail may be an essential element with respect to the stability of the individual mRNA. In some embodiments, the RNA treatment may include one or more stabilizing elements. Stabilizing elements may include, for instance, a histone stem-loop. A stem-loop binding protein (SLBP), a 32 kDa protein has been identified. It is associated with the histone stem-loop at the 3′-end of the histone messages in both the nucleus and the cytoplasm. Its expression level is regulated by the cell cycle; it is peaks during the S-phase, when histone mRNA levels are also elevated. The protein has been shown to be essential for efficient 3′-end processing of histone pre-mRNA by the U7 snRNP. SLBP continues to be associated with the stem-loop after processing, and then stimulates the translation of mature histone mRNAs into histone proteins in the cytoplasm. The RNA binding domain of SLBP is conserved through metazoa and protozoa; its binding to the histone stem-loop depends on the structure of the loop. The minimum binding site includes at least three nucleotides 5′ and two nucleotides 3′ relative to the stem-loop. In some embodiments, the RNA treatments include a coding region, at least one histone stem-loop, and optionally, a poly(A) sequence or polyadenylation signal. The poly(A) sequence or polyadenylation signal generally should enhance the expression level of the encoded protein. The encoded protein, in some embodiments, is not a histone protein, a reporter protein (e.g. Luciferase, GFP, EGFP, β-Galactosidase, EGFP), or a marker or selection protein (e.g. alpha- Globin, Galactokinase and Xanthine:guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (GPT)). In some embodiments, the combination of a poly(A) sequence or polyadenylation signal and at least one histone stem-loop, even though both represent alternative mechanisms in nature, acts synergistically to increase the protein expression beyond the level observed with either of the individual elements. It has been found that the synergistic effect of the combination of poly(A) and at least one histone stem-loop does not depend on the order of the elements or the length of the poly(A) sequence. In some embodiments, the polynucleotides described herein can be formulated in lipid nanoparticles having a diameter from about 1 nm to about 100 nm such as, but not limited to, about 1 nm to about 20 nm, from about 1 nm to about 30 nm, from about 1 nm to about 40 nm, from about 1 nm to about 50 nm, from about 1 nm to about 60 nm, from about 1 nm to about 70 nm, from about 1 nm to about 80 nm, from about 1 nm to about 90 nm, from about 5 nm to about from 100 nm, from about 5 nm to about 10 nm, about 5 nm to about 20 nm, from about 5 nm to about 30 nm, from about 5 nm to about 40 nm, from about 5 nm to about 50 nm, from about 5 nm to about 60 nm, from about 5 nm to about 70 nm, from about 5 nm to about 80 nm, from about 5 nm to about 90 nm, about 10 to about 20 nm, about 10 to about 30 nm, about 10 to about 40 nm, about 10 to about 50 nm, about 10 to about 60 nm, about 10 to about 70 nm, about 10 to about 80 nm, about 10 to about 90 nm, about 20 to about 30 nm, about 20 to about 40 nm, about 20 to about 50 nm, about 20 to about 60 nm, about 20 to about 70 nm, about 20 to about 80 nm, about 20 to about 90 nm, about 20 to about 100 nm, about 30 to about 40 nm, about 30 to about 50 nm, about 30 to about 60 nm, about 30 to about 70 nm, about 30 to about 80 nm, about 30 to about 90 nm, about 30 to about 100 nm, about 40 to about 50 nm, about 40 to about 60 nm, about 40 to about 70 nm, about 40 to about 80 nm, about 40 to about 90 nm, about 40 to about 100 nm, about 50 to about 60 nm, about 50 to about 70 nm about 50 to about 80 nm, about 50 to about 90 nm, about 50 to about 100 nm, about 60 to about 70 nm, about 60 to about 80 nm, about 60 to about 90 nm, about 60 to about 100 nm, about 70 to about 80 nm, about 70 to about 90 nm, about 70 to about 100 nm, about 80 to about 90 nm, about 80 to about 100 nm and/or about 90 to about 100 nm. In some embodiments, the lipid nanoparticles can have a diameter from about 10 to 500 nm. In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle can have a diameter greater than 100 nm, greater than 150 nm, greater than 200 nm, greater than 250 nm, greater than 300 nm, greater than 350 nm, greater than 400 nm, greater than 450 nm, greater than 500 nm, greater than 550 nm, greater than 600 nm, greater than 650 nm, greater than 700 nm, greater than 750 nm, greater than 800 nm, greater than 850 nm, greater than 900 nm, greater than 950 nm or greater than 1000 nm. In some embodiments, the polynucleotides can be delivered using smaller LNPs. Such particles can comprise a diameter from below 0.1 µm up to 100 nm such as, but not limited to, less than 0.1 µm, less than 1.0 µm, less than 5µm, less than 10 µm, less than 15 um, less than 20 um, less than 25 um, less than 30 um, less than 35 um, less than 40 um, less than 50 um, less than 55 um, less than 60 um, less than 65 um, less than 70 um, less than 75 um, less than 80 um, less than 85 um, less than 90 um, less than 95 um, less than 100 um, less than 125 um, less than 150 um, less than 175 um, less than 200 um, less than 225 um, less than 250 um, less than 275 um, less than 300 um, less than 325 um, less than 350 um, less than 375 um, less than 400 um, less than 425 um, less than 450 um, less than 475 um, less than 500 um, less than 525 um, less than 550 um, less than 575 um, less than 600 um, less than 625 um, less than 650 um, less than 675 um, less than 700 um, less than 725 um, less than 750 um, less than 775 um, less than 800 um, less than 825 um, less than 850 um, less than 875 um, less than 900 um, less than 925 um, less than 950 um, or less than 975 um. The nanoparticles and microparticles described herein can be geometrically engineered to modulate macrophage and/or the immune response. The geometrically engineered particles can have varied shapes, sizes and/or surface charges to incorporate the polynucleotides described herein for targeted delivery such as, but not limited to, pulmonary delivery (see, e.g., Intl. Pub. No. WO2013082111, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Other physical features the geometrically engineering particles can include, but are not limited to, fenestrations, angled arms, asymmetry and surface roughness, charge that can alter the interactions with cells and tissues. RNA treatments may be administered by any route which results in a therapeutically effective outcome. These include, but are not limited, to intradermal, intramuscular, and/or subcutaneous administration. The present disclosure provides methods comprising administering RNA treatments to a subject in need thereof. The exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on the species, age, and general condition of the subject, the severity of the disease, the particular composition, its mode of administration, its mode of activity, and the like. RNA treatments compositions are typically formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of RNA treatments compositions may be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific therapeutically effective, prophylactically effective, or appropriate imaging dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts. In some embodiments, RNA treatments compositions may be administered at dosage levels sufficient to deliver 0.0001 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg, 0.001 mg/kg to 0.05 mg/kg, 0.005 mg/kg to 0.05 mg/kg, 0.001 mg/kg to 0.005 mg/kg, 0.05 mg/kg to 0.5 mg/kg, 0.01 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg, 0.1 mg/kg to 40 mg/kg, 0.5 mg/kg to 30 mg/kg, 0.01 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, 0.1 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg, or 1 mg/kg to 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, per week, per month, etc. to obtain the desired therapeutic, diagnostic, prophylactic, or imaging effect (see e.g., the range of unit doses described in International Publication No WO2013078199, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). The desired dosage may be delivered three times a day, two times a day, once a day, every other day, every third day, every week, every two weeks, every three weeks, every four weeks, every 2 months, every three months, every 6 months, etc.. In certain embodiments, the desired dosage may be delivered using multiple administrations (e.g., two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, or more administrations). When multiple administrations are employed, split dosing regimens such as those described herein may be used. In exemplary embodiments, RNA treatments compositions may be administered at dosage levels sufficient to deliver 0.0005 mg/kg to 0.01 mg/kg, e.g., about 0.0005 mg/kg to about 0.0075 mg/kg, e.g., about 0.0005 mg/kg, about 0.001 mg/kg, about 0.002 mg/kg, about 0.003 mg/kg, about 0.004 mg/kg or about 0.005 mg/kg. In some embodiments, RNA treatment compositions may be administered once or twice (or more) at dosage levels sufficient to deliver 0.025 mg/kg to 0.250 mg/kg, 0.025 mg/kg to 0.500 mg/kg, 0.025 mg/kg to 0.750 mg/kg, or 0.025 mg/kg to 1.0 mg/kg. In some embodiments, RNA treatment compositions may be administered twice (e.g., Day 0 and Day 7, Day 0 and Day 14, Day 0 and Day 21, Day 0 and Day 28, Day 0 and Day 60, Day 0 and Day 90, Day 0 and Day 120, Day 0 and Day 150, Day 0 and Day 180, Day 0 and 3 months later, Day 0 and 6 months later, Day 0 and 9 months later, Day 0 and 12 months later, Day 0 and 18 months later, Day 0 and 2 years later, Day 0 and 5 years later, or Day 0 and 10 years later) at a total dose of or at dosage levels sufficient to deliver a total dose of 0.0100 mg, 0.025 mg, 0.050 mg, 0.075 mg, 0.100 mg, 0.125 mg, 0.150 mg, 0.175 mg, 0.200 mg, 0.225 mg, 0.250 mg, 0.275 mg, 0.300 mg, 0.325 mg, 0.350 mg, 0.375 mg, 0.400 mg, 0.425 mg, 0.450 mg, 0.475 mg, 0.500 mg, 0.525 mg, 0.550 mg, 0.575 mg, 0.600 mg, 0.625 mg, 0.650 mg, 0.675 mg, 0.700 mg, 0.725 mg, 0.750 mg, 0.775 mg, 0.800 mg, 0.825 mg, 0.850 mg, 0.875 mg, 0.900 mg, 0.925 mg, 0.950 mg, 0.975 mg, or 1.0 mg. Higher and lower dosages and frequency of administration are encompassed by the present disclosure. For example, an RNA treatment composition may be administered three or four times. In some embodiments, when a subject is a pediatric patient (e.g., an infant), the dose (e.g., total dose) to be administered is adjusted based on the pediatric patient’s age and the dose to be administered to an adult, as the total dose or dose per kg of body weight disclosed herein. A non-limiting example of determining a pediatric dose is Young's Rule, according to the equation: [Age / (Age + 12)] x Recommended Adult Dose = Pediatric Dose. (See e.g., ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK554603/, which is readily available to one of ordinary skill in the art). Alternatively, Clark's Rule or the Body Surface Area rule can be implemented. (See e.g., ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK541104/, which is readily available to one of ordinary skill in the art). In some embodiments, RNA treatment compositions may be administered twice (e.g., Day 0 and Day 7, Day 0 and Day 14, Day 0 and Day 21, Day 0 and Day 28, Day 0 and Day 60, Day 0 and Day 90, Day 0 and Day 120, Day 0 and Day 150, Day 0 and Day 180, Day 0 and 3 months later, Day 0 and 6 months later, Day 0 and 9 months later, Day 0 and 12 months later, Day 0 and 18 months later, Day 0 and 2 years later, Day 0 and 5 years later, or Day 0 and 10 years later) at a total dose of or at dosage levels sufficient to deliver a total dose of 0.010 mg, 0.025 mg, 0.100 mg or 0.400 mg. In some embodiments, the RNA for use in a method of treating a subject is administered to the subject in a single dosage of between 10 µg/kg and 400 µg/kg of the nucleic acid treatment in an effective amount to treat the subject. In some embodiments, the RNA treatment for use in a method of treating a subject is administered to the subject in a single dosage of between 10 µg and 400 µg of the nucleic acid treatment in an effective amount to treat the subject. An RNA pharmaceutical composition described herein can be formulated into a dosage form described herein, such as an intranasal, intratracheal, or injectable (e.g., intravenous, intraocular, intravitreal, intramuscular, intradermal, intracardiac, intraperitoneal, and subcutaneous). This disclosure is not limited in its application to the details of construction and the arrangement of components set forth in the following description or illustrated in the drawings. The disclosure is capable of other embodiments and of being practiced or of being carried out in various ways. Also, the phraseology and terminology used herein is for the purpose of description and should not be regarded as limiting. The use of “including,” “comprising,” or “having,” “containing,” “involving,” and variations thereof herein, is meant to encompass the items listed thereafter and equivalents thereof as well as additional items. EXAMPLES Example 1: Echovirus E5 P1 + E53CD, E263CD, and B753CD mRNAs demonstrate proper E5 P1 processing in vitro To investigate whether mRNAs encoding Echovirus E5 P1 and various 3CD proteases (Echovirus E53CDpro, Echovirus E263CDpro, and Enterovirus B753CDpro) would be sufficient to produce a virus-like particle (VLP), an in vitro assay was conducted as follows. 293T cells were co-transfected with different ratios of EV-P1 to 3CD_promRNA (1:1, 2:1, 4:1, and 8:1). The amount of E5 P1 mRNA transfected was held constant at 1 µg, while increasing amounts of various 3CD (Echovirus E53CD_pro, Echovirus E263CD_pro, and Enterovirus B753CD_pro) mRNA were co-transfected to give the indicated molar ratios of P1:3CD. In a Western blot, lysates were then probed for enterovirus-specific VP3 by western blot to determine whether 3CD was expressed and able to catalyze cleavage of P1 into constituent VP proteins intracellularly; and whether there is an optimal ratio of P1:3CD mRNA that promotes more efficient cleavage of P1. Transfection of 3CD mRNA (Echovirus E53CDpro, Echovirus E263CDpro, and Enterovirus B753CD_pro) at any of the tested amounts resulted in intracellular cleavage of E5 P1 (FIG. 2). Example 2: Virus-like particles (VLPs) likely formed by P1E5/P1E26and 3 different 3CDpro tested To further evaluate whether co-expression of E5 P1 and a 3CD protease or E26 and a 3CD protease would be sufficient to produce a VLP, a glutathione (GSH) bead pulldown assay was conducted as follows. Cell lysates from E5 P1/E26 P1 and 3CD mRNA (Echovirus E5 3CDpro, Echovirus E263CDpro, or Enterovirus B753CDpro) co-transfections at a 2:1 molar ratio were incubated overnight with GSH-Sepharose beads. GSH interacts directly with capsid precursors during and after formation of mature particles (Ma et al. (2014) PLoS Pathog). Co- transfection of E5 P1 and 3CD mRNA (Echovirus E53CDpro, Echovirus E263CDpro, or Enterovirus B753CDpro) resulted in VLP pulldown supporting VLP formation (FIG. 3) Similarly, co-transfection of E26 P1 and 3CD mRNA (Echovirus E53CD_pro, Echovirus E26 3CDpro, or Enterovirus B753CDpro) resulted in VLP pulldown supporting VLP formation (FIG. 3). Example 3: Virus-like particles are produced by co-expression of P1E5 and E53CDpro and P1E26 and E263CDpro To further evaluate whether co-expression of E5 P1 and a 3CD protease or E26 and a 3CD protease would be sufficient to produce a VLP, analysis was conducted as follows. For both EV5 and EV26 mRNAs, 500 ml Expi293 cells were transfected with P1 (0.4mg) and 3CD (0.1mg) supernatant was harvested after 72 hrs. Supernatant was PEG precipitated and resuspended in 50 mM Phosphate, 25 mM NaCl (pH 7.5). This step was followed by Q Sepharose column purification (FIG. 4A). Purification fractions P1, P2, and P3 were imaged by electron microscopy and particle formation was observed (FIG. 4B). These data demonstrate that E5/E26 P1 and 3CD co-expression leads to both proper processing of P1 and assembly of individual VP proteins into virus-like particles that are released into the extracellular space and resemble wild-type virions morphologically. Example 4: Vaccine comprising P1E5 + 3CDE5 mRNAs generates neutralizing antibody titers in mice To investigate whether administration of mRNAs encoding E5 P1 + E53CD could result in formation of VLPs that were immunogenic and could result in production of E5 neutralizing antibodies, an in vivo assay was conducted as follows. Mice were assigned a Group ID and received Dose 1 and Dose 2 according to the table below. Each group comprised n = 8 mice.

Mice received a vaccine regimen as shown in FIG. 5A consisting of E5 P1 mRNA and E53CD mRNA, resulting in final P1:3CD molar ratios of 1:1, 2:1, 4:1, 8:1. FIG. 5B shows Echovirus 5 neutralization titers at day 36 (D36) after the first vaccination. FIG. 5C shows Echovirus 5 neutralization titers at day 21 (D21) and day 36 (D36) after the first vaccination in the serum, and at D36 after the first vaccination in the feces. These data surprisingly demonstrate that mRNAs encoding E5 P1 + E53CD results in formation of VLPs that are immunogenic to Echovirus 5. Example 5: Establish Enterovirus B infection system in adult mice To establish a system of Enterovirus B infection in adult mice, experiments will be conducted as follows. hFcRn-IFNλR^-/- mice will be infected with 10-fold increasing doses of enterovirus B isolates shown to be enriched in IBD patients (Echoviruses E5, E26, B75) post- weaning (P21) and monitored once a week for viral load in feces. Mice will be sacrificed 8 weeks post-infection, and intestinal tissues, feces, and serum will be collected to examine viral titers by plaque assay and in situ hybridization chain reaction (HCR). If persistent enteric infection cannot be achieved on this background, additional blockade of IFN-type I signaling may be required. i. Enterovirus B serotypes: 3 (Echovirus E5, E26, B75) ii. Virus administration doses: 10⁵, 10⁶, 10⁷ PFU iii. Anticipated animal requirements: 240 (based on n = 10 mice per group, 2 repeats) Example 6: Evaluate Enterovirus B contribution to inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) Enterovirus B serotypes are tested for ability to induce spontaneous intestinal inflammation/IBD. hFcRn-IFNλR^-/- mice are infected with enterovirus B and monitored weekly for disease onset (weight loss, stool consistency (diarrhea, blood) and rectal prolapse). Exacerbation of chemically-induced colitis. IBD/colitis is induced in enterovirus B-infected mice using dextran sulfate sodium (DSS, 2% w/v) via drinking water. hFcRn-IFNλR^-/- mice are infected with enterovirus B two weeks prior to DSS administration. DSS-water is refreshed q.o.d., and mice are monitored daily for disease progression (weight loss, stool consistency, and rectal prolapse). The ability of enterovirus B to accelerate/exacerbate onset of spontaneous colitis in a genetically susceptible mouse model is evaluated. IL-10-deficient (IL-10^-/-) mice develop spontaneous colitis by 20-weeks of age (facility-dependent). Wild-type or IL-10^-/- mice infected with enterovirus B are monitored weekly for disease onset (weight loss, stool consistency, and rectal prolapse). In addition to clinical scoring described above, stool samples are also taken weekly to assess fecal IgA and lipocalin-2 as non-terminal readouts of intestinal inflammation. Mice are euthanized at ≥ 25% body weight loss and/or upon moribund appearance (with IACUC protocol approval), or at 8 weeks post-infection, whichever occurs sooner. Intestinal tissue/serum/feces is collected and assessed for IBD/inflammation (colon length, histology, cytokine levels). i. Enterovirus B serotypes: 3 (Echovirus E5, E26, B75) ii. Anticipated animal requirements: 400 (based on n = 10 mice per group, 2 repeats) To further evaluate the association between IBD and enterovirus B, IBD and healthy human intestinal resection tissues from patients are examined by hybridization chain reaction (HCR) for the presence of enterovirus B RNA. Example 7: Evaluate efficacy of enterovirus B mRNA vaccines in ameliorating IBD Enterovirus B vaccine candidates are tested for efficacy in ameliorating/preventing onset of colitis. Adult and/or neonatal mice will be vaccinated (prior to or after oral infection with enterovirus), and spontaneous and/or DSS-induced IBD are induced following vaccination. FIG. 6 shows a schematic of neonatal vaccination/infection regimen, similar regimen to be performed in adult mice. Indicators of intestinal inflammation/IBD, including non-terminal (fecal IgA and lipocalin-2, clinical scoring) and terminal readouts (intestinal tissue histology), are measured. Viral loads are also monitored routinely in stool samples. i. Number of vaccine candidates: 3 ii. Enterovirus B serotypes: 3 (Echovirus E5, E26, B75) iii. Anticipated animal requirements: 360 (based on n = 10 mice per group, 2 repeats) Example 8: P1 of dominant enterovirus B (EVB) serotypes process efficiently To investigate whether mRNAs encoding dominant enterovirus B (EVB) serotypes (Echovirus E11 P1, Echovirus E18 P1, Echovirus E30 P1, Echovirus E6 P1, Enterovirus B75 P1 and Echovirus E5 P1) and various 3CD proteases (Echovirus E113CD_pro, Echovirus E183CD_pro, Echovirus E53CDpro, and Enterovirus B753CDpro) would be sufficient to process P1 into viral protein 3 (VP3) to form a viral-like particle (VLP), an in vitro assay was conducted as follows. 293T cells were co-transfected with ratios of 1:1, 2:1, 4:1, and 8:1 of E11 P1 to E11 3CDpromRNA, E18 P1 to E183CDpromRNA, E30 P1 to E53CDpromRNA, E6 P1 to E5 3CD_promRNA, or B75 P1 to B753CD_promRNA, or co-transfected with ratios of 1:1 and 2:1 of E5 P1 to E53CD_promRNA. The amounts of E11 P1, E18 P1, E30 P1, E6 P1, B75 P1 and E5 P1 mRNAs transfected into the cells were held constant at 1 μg, while increasing amounts of the various 3CD (Echovirus E113CDpro, Echovirus E183CDpro, Echovirus E53CDpro, and Enterovirus B753CD_pro) mRNAs were co-transfected to give the indicated molar ratios of P1:3CD. Lysates were then probed for enterovirus-specific VP3 by Western blot to determine whether the indicated 3CD catalyzed cleavage of P1 into constituent VP proteins intracellularly; and whether there is an optimal ratio of indicated P1: indicated 3CD mRNA that promotes more efficient cleavage of P1. Transfection of mRNAs encoding Echovirus E113CDpro, Echovirus E183CDpro, Enterovirus B753CD_pro at any of the tested amounts resulted in intracellular cleavage of E11 P1, E18 P1 and B75 P1, respectively. Transfection of mRNA encoding Echovirus E53CD_pro at 2:1, 4:1 and 8:1 ratios of E30 P1 and E6 P1 to E53CDpro resulted in intracellular cleavage of E30 P1 and E6 P1. Transfection of mRNA encoding E53CDpro at 1:1 and 2:1 ratios of E5 P1 to E5 3CD_pro resulted in intracellular cleavage of E5 P1 at both tested ratios (FIG. 7). The data demonstrates that P1 of the dominant EVB serotypes can be efficiently processed intracellularly using multiple ratios and strains. Example 9: Echovirus 5 mRNA vaccine prevents E5 infection-induced death An Echovirus E5 vaccine candidate was tested for efficacy in delaying/preventing Echovirus E5 infection-induced death. 8 (4 female and 4 male) adult mice were infected with 10⁶ plaque-forming units (PFU) Echovirus E521 days post-vaccination (dpv) (vaccinated cohort) and survival, as well as percent weight change, were assessed for 28 days post-infection (dpi) relative to a control (10 (5 female and 5 male) 10-week old adult mice; unvaccinated cohort) (FIGs. 8A-8B). Vaccination with Echovirus 5 mRNA resulted in 100% survival (vaccinated cohort) 28 dpi. A concomitant sustained increase in percent weight change was observed in the vaccinated cohort. In contrast, there was only 10% survival in the unvaccinated cohort 8 dpi. A concomitant decrease in percent weight change was observed in the unvaccinated cohort, followed by a modest increase at time of death. (FIGs. 8C-8D) Lastly, serum neutralization was assessed. FIG. 8E shows E5 neutralization titers at different time-points in the unvaccinated cohort (not infected and 7 dpi) and the vaccinated cohort (pre-vaccination, 21 dpv, 7 dpi, 14 dpi, 21 dpi and 28 dpi). These data surprisingly demonstrate that mRNAs encoding E5 P1 + E53CD provide neutralizing activity against Echovirus 5 in vivo. Table 1: Sequences associated with the present disclosure

Table 2. 5′ UTR sequences

Table 3. 3′ UTR sequences (stop cassette is italicized; miR binding sites are boldened)

EMBODIMENTS Embodiment 1. An immunogenic composition for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) or Crohn’s Disease in a subject comprising: (i) a messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease; (ii) an mRNA comprising an ORF encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein, wherein the capsid polyprotein comprises a viral P1 precursor polyprotein; and (iii) a lipid nanoparticle (LNP). Embodiment 2. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 1, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease is from an Enterovirus serotype associated with IBD or Crohn’s Disease. Embodiment 3. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 2, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is Echovirus 5 (E5), Echovirus 26 (E26), Enterovirus-B75 (EV-B75), Echovirus 6 (E6), Echovirus 11 (E11), Echovirus 18 (E18), or Echovirus 30 (E30). Embodiment 4. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E5. Embodiment 5. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 4, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8. Embodiment 6. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 5, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8. Embodiment 7. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E26. Embodiment 8. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 7, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14. Embodiment 9. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 8, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14. Embodiment 10. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is EV-B75. Embodiment 11. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 10, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20. Embodiment 12. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 11, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20. Embodiment 13. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E11. Embodiment 14. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 13, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 89. Embodiment 15. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 14, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 89. Embodiment 16. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E18. Embodiment 17. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 16, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 90. Embodiment 18. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 17, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 90. Embodiment 19. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 1, wherein the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is from an Enterovirus serotype associated with IBD or Crohn’s Disease. Embodiment 20. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 19, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E5, E26, or EV-B75, E6, E11, E18, or E30. Embodiment 21. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 20, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E5. Embodiment 22. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 21, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5. Embodiment 23. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 22, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5. Embodiment 24. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 20, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E26. Embodiment 25. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 24, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11. Embodiment 26. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 25, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11. Embodiment 27. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 25, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is EV-B75. Embodiment 28. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 27, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17. Embodiment 29. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 28, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17. Embodiment 30. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E6. Embodiment 31. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 30, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 88. Embodiment 32. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 31, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 88. Embodiment 33. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E11. Embodiment 34. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 33, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 85. Embodiment 35. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 34, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 85. Embodiment 36. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E18. Embodiment 37. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 36, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 86. Embodiment 38. The immunogenic composition of embodiment 37, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 86. Embodiment 39. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E30. Embodiment 40. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 39, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 87. Embodiment 41. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 40, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 87. Embodiment 42. The immunogenic composition of any one of Embodiments 1-29, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises two or more capsid proteins and has a cleavage site specific for a viral protease between the two or more capsid proteins. Embodiment 43. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 42, wherein the two or more capsid proteins comprise two or more of viral protein 0 (VP0), viral protein 1 (VP1), and viral protein 3 (VP3). Embodiment 44. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 43, wherein VP0 further comprises viral protein 2 (VP2) and viral protein 4 (VP4), and wherein VP2 and VP4 comprise a cleavage site for capsid maturation. Embodiment 45. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 1, wherein the subject is a human. Embodiment 46. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 45, wherein the human is an infant. Embodiment 47. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 42, wherein the capsid proteins form a protomer. Embodiment 48. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 47, wherein the protomers form a pentamer. Embodiment 49. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 48, wherein the pentamers form a virus-like particle (VLP). Embodiment 50. The immunogenic composition of any one of Embodiments 1-49, wherein mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor polyprotein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease (P1:3CD) are present in one of the following ratios: 20:1, 10:1, 8:1, 7:1, 5:1, 4:1, 3:1, 2:1, or 1:1. Embodiment 51. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 50, wherein the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor protein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease is 10:1. Embodiment 52. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 50, wherein the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor protein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease is 8:1. Embodiment 53. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 50, wherein the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor protein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease is 4:1. Embodiment 54. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 50, wherein the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor polyprotein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding Enterovirus 3C protease is 2:1. Embodiment 55. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 50, wherein the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor protein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease is 1:1. Embodiment 56. The immunogenic composition of any one of Embodiments 49-55, wherein the VLP comprises Neutralizing Immunogenic (NIm) sites. Embodiment 57. The immunogenic composition of any one of Embodiments 49-56, wherein the LNP comprises an ionizable amino lipid, a PEG-modified lipid, a structural lipid and a phospholipid. Embodiment 58. The immunogenic composition of any one of Embodiments 1-57, wherein the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor polyprotein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease are co-formulated in at least one LNP. Embodiment 59. The immunogenic composition of any one of Embodiments 1-57, wherein the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor polyprotein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease are each formulated in separate LNPs. Embodiment 60. The immunogenic composition of any one of Embodiments 1-59, wherein the LNP comprises an ionizable amino lipid, a sterol, neutral lipid, and a PEG-modified lipid. Embodiment 61. The immunogenic composition of embodiment 60, wherein the ionizable amino lipid has the structure of Compound 2:

(Compound 2). Embodiment 62. The immunogenic composition of any one of Embodiments 60-61, wherein the sterol is cholesterol or a variant thereof. Embodiment 63. The immunogenic composition of any one of Embodiments 60-62, wherein the neutral lipid is 1,2 distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine (DSPC). Embodiment 64. A method comprising administering to a subject an immunogenic composition of any one of Embodiments 1-63 in an effective amount for treating or delaying the onset of IBD or Crohn’s Disease in the subject. Embodiment 65. A method of treating, or delaying the onset of, Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD) or Crohn’s Disease comprising administering to a subject an immunogenic composition comprising: (i) a messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding an Enterovirus protease; and (ii) a messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) comprising an ORF encoding a capsid polyprotein comprising a precursor protein, wherein the precursor protein comprises two or more capsid proteins and has a cleavage site specific for the protease between the two or more capsid proteins, in an amount effective to treat, or to delay the onset of, IBD or Chron’s Disease in the subject. Embodiment 66. The method of Embodiment 65, wherein the subject is a human. Embodiment 67. The method of Embodiment 66, wherein the human is an infant. Embodiment 68. The method of Embodiment 65, wherein the immune response includes a binding antibody titer to a species of the Enterovirus genus. Embodiment 69. The method of Embodiment 65, wherein the immune response includes a neutralizing antibody titer to a species of the Enterovirus genus. Embodiment 70. The method of Embodiment 65, wherein the immune response includes a T cell response to a species of the Enterovirus genus. Embodiment 71. The method of any one of Embodiments 65-70, wherein the species of the Enterovirus is Echovirus 5 (E5). Embodiment 70. The method of any one of Embodiments 65-70, wherein the species of the Enterovirus is Echovirus 26 (E26). Embodiment 72. The method of any one of Embodiments 65-70, wherein the species of the Enterovirus is Enterovirus B75 (B75). Embodiment 73. The method of any one of Embodiments 65-70, wherein the member of the Enterovirus genus is Echovirus 6 (E6). Embodiment 74. The method of any one of Embodiments 65-70, wherein the member of the Enterovirus genus is Echovirus 11 (E11). Embodiment 75. The method of any one of Embodiments 65-70, wherein the member of the Enterovirus genus is Echovirus 18 (E18). Embodiment 76. The method of any one of Embodiments 65-70, wherein the member of the Enterovirus genus is Echovirus 30 (E30). Embodiment 77. The method of any one of Embodiments 65-72, wherein the mRNA of (i) is formulated in a composition comprising at least one LNP. Embodiment 78. The method of any one of Embodiments 65-72, wherein the mRNA of (ii) is formulated in a composition comprising at least one LNP. Embodiment 79. The method of Embodiment 78, wherein the mRNA of (i) is administered to the subject at the same time as the mRNA of (ii). Embodiment 80. The method of Embodiment 65, wherein the mRNA of (i) and (ii) are formulated in a composition comprising comprises at least one LNP. Embodiment 81. The method of Embodiment 80, wherein the mRNA of (i) and (ii) are formulated in a composition comprising comprises two LNPs. Embodiment 82. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E6. Embodiment 83. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E30. Embodiment 84. The immunogenic composition of any one of Embodiments 1-63, wherein the mRNA comprises at least one chemical modification. Embodiment 85. The immunogenic composition of any one of Embodiments 1-63, wherein the mRNA comprises at least one 1-methyl-pseudouridine. Embodiment 86. The immunogenic composition of any one of Embodiments 1-63, wherein all uridine residues in the mRNA sequence are replaced with 1-methyl-pseudouridine. Embodiment 87. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 42, wherein the LNP comprises 40-55 mol% ionizable amino lipid, 30-45 mol% sterol, 5-15 mol% neutral lipid, and 1-5 mol% PEG modified lipid. Embodiment 88. The immunogenic composition of Embodiment 43, wherein the LNP comprises 40-50 mol% ionizable amino lipid, 35-45 mol% sterol, 10-15 mol% neutral lipid, and 2-4 mol% PEG-modified lipid. Embodiment 89. The immunogenic composition of any one of Embodiments 1-44, wherein the LNP comprises 45 mol%, 46 mol%, 47 mol%, 48 mol%, 49 mol%, or 50 mol% ionizable amino lipid. Embodiment 90. A method of inducing an immune response against a virus from a member of the Enterovirus genus comprising administering to a subject an immunogenic composition comprising: (i) a messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) comprising an open reading frame encoding an Enterovirus protease; and (ii) a messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) comprising an open reading frame encoding a capsid polyprotein comprising a precursor protein, wherein the precursor protein comprises two or more capsid proteins and has a cleavage site specific for the protease between the two or more capsid proteins, in an amount effective to induce in the subject an immune response against a virus from a member of the Enterovirus genus. EQUIVALENTS While several inventive embodiments have been described and illustrated herein, those of ordinary skill in the art will readily envision a variety of other means and/or structures for performing the function and/or obtaining the results and/or one or more of the advantages described herein, and each of such variations and/or modifications is deemed to be within the scope of the inventive embodiments described herein. More generally, those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that all parameters, dimensions, materials, and configurations described herein are meant to be exemplary and that the actual parameters, dimensions, materials, and/or configurations will depend upon the specific application or applications for which the inventive teachings is/are used. Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific inventive embodiments described herein. It is, therefore, to be understood that the foregoing embodiments are presented by way of example only and that, within the scope of the appended claims and equivalents thereto, inventive embodiments may be practiced otherwise than as specifically described and claimed. Inventive embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to each individual feature, system, article, material, kit, and/or method described herein. In addition, any combination of two or more such features, systems, articles, materials, kits, and/or methods, if such features, systems, articles, materials, kits, and/or methods are not mutually inconsistent, is included within the inventive scope of the present disclosure. All definitions, as defined and used herein, should be understood to control over dictionary definitions, definitions in documents incorporated by reference, and/or ordinary meanings of the defined terms. All references, patents and patent applications disclosed herein are incorporated by reference with respect to the subject matter for which each is cited, which in some cases may encompass the entirety of the document. The indefinite articles “a” and “an,” as used herein in the specification and in the claims, unless clearly indicated to the contrary, should be understood to mean “at least one.” The phrase “and/or,” as used herein in the specification and in the claims, should be understood to mean “either or both” of the elements so conjoined, i.e., elements that are conjunctively present in some cases and disjunctively present in other cases. Multiple elements listed with “and/or” should be construed in the same fashion, i.e., “one or more” of the elements so conjoined. Other elements may optionally be present other than the elements specifically identified by the “and/or” clause, whether related or unrelated to those elements specifically identified. Thus, as a non-limiting example, a reference to “A and/or B”, when used in conjunction with open-ended language such as “comprising” can refer, in one embodiment, to A only (optionally including elements other than B); in another embodiment, to B only (optionally including elements other than A); in yet another embodiment, to both A and B (optionally including other elements); etc. As used herein in the specification and in the claims, “or” should be understood to have the same meaning as “and/or” as defined above. For example, when separating items in a list, “or” or “and/or” shall be interpreted as being inclusive, i.e., the inclusion of at least one, but also including more than one, of a number or list of elements, and, optionally, additional unlisted items. Only terms clearly indicated to the contrary, such as “only one of” or “exactly one of,” or, when used in the claims, “consisting of,” will refer to the inclusion of exactly one element of a number or list of elements. In general, the term “or” as used herein shall only be interpreted as indicating exclusive alternatives (i.e. “one or the other but not both”) when preceded by terms of exclusivity, such as “either,” “one of,” “only one of,” or “exactly one of.” “Consisting essentially of,” when used in the claims, shall have its ordinary meaning as used in the field of patent law. As used herein in the specification and in the claims, the phrase “at least one,” in reference to a list of one or more elements, should be understood to mean at least one element selected from any one or more of the elements in the list of elements, but not necessarily including at least one of each and every element specifically listed within the list of elements and not excluding any combinations of elements in the list of elements. This definition also allows that elements may optionally be present other than the elements specifically identified within the list of elements to which the phrase “at least one” refers, whether related or unrelated to those elements specifically identified. Thus, as a non-limiting example, “at least one of A and B” (or, equivalently, “at least one of A or B,” or, equivalently “at least one of A and/or B”) can refer, in one embodiment, to at least one, optionally including more than one, A, with no B present (and optionally including elements other than B); in another embodiment, to at least one, optionally including more than one, B, with no A present (and optionally including elements other than A); in yet another embodiment, to at least one, optionally including more than one, A, and at least one, optionally including more than one, B (and optionally including other elements); etc. It should also be understood that, unless clearly indicated to the contrary, in any methods claimed herein that include more than one step or act, the order of the steps or acts of the method is not necessarily limited to the order in which the steps or acts of the method are recited. In the claims, as well as in the specification above, all transitional phrases such as “comprising,” “including,” “carrying,” “having,” “containing,” “involving,” “holding,” “composed of,” and the like are to be understood to be open-ended, i.e., to mean including but not limited to. Only the transitional phrases “consisting of” and “consisting essentially of” shall be closed or semi-closed transitional phrases, respectively, as set forth in the United States Patent Office Manual of Patent Examining Procedures, Section 2111.03. It should be appreciated that embodiments described in this document using an open-ended transitional phrase (e.g., “comprising”) are also contemplated, in alternative embodiments, as “consisting of” and “consisting essentially of” the feature described by the open-ended transitional phrase. For example, if the disclosure describes “a composition comprising A and B”, the disclosure also contemplates the alternative embodiments “a composition consisting of A and B” and “a composition consisting essentially of A and B”.

Claims

CLAIMS 1. An immunogenic composition for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) or Crohn’s Disease in a subject comprising: (iv) a messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding an Enterovirus 3C protease; (v) an mRNA comprising an ORF encoding an Enterovirus capsid polyprotein, wherein the capsid polyprotein comprises a viral P1 precursor polyprotein; and (vi) a lipid nanoparticle (LNP).

2. The immunogenic composition of claim 1, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease is from an Enterovirus serotype associated with IBD or Crohn’s Disease.

3. The immunogenic composition of claim 2, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is Echovirus 5 (E5), Echovirus 26 (E26), Enterovirus-B75 (EV-B75), Echovirus 6 (E6), Echovirus 11 (E11), Echovirus 18 (E18), or Echovirus 30 (E30).

4. The immunogenic composition of claim 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E5 and optionally, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8 or wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 8.

5. The immunogenic composition of claim 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E26 and optionally, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14 or wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 14.

6. The immunogenic composition of claim 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is EV-B75 and optionally, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20 or wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 20.

7. The immunogenic composition of claim 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E6 or E11 and optionally, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 89 or wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 89.

8. The immunogenic composition of claim 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E18 and optionally, wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 90 or wherein the Enterovirus 3C protease comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 90.

9. The immunogenic composition of claim 3, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E30 and optionally wherein the Enterovirus capsid polyprotein is from an Enterovirus serotype associated with IBD or Crohn’s Disease or wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E5, E26, or EV-B75, E6, E11, E18, or E30.

10. The immunogenic composition of claim 9, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E5 and optionally, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5 or wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 5.

11. The immunogenic composition of claim 9, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E26 and optionally, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11 or wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 11.

12. The immunogenic composition of claim 9, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is EV-B75 and optionally, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17 or wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 17.

13. The immunogenic composition of claim 9, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E6 and optionally, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 88 or wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 88.

14. The immunogenic composition of claim 9, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E11 and optionally, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 85 or wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 85.

15. The immunogenic composition of claim 9, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E18 and optionally, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 86 or wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 86.

16. The immunogenic composition of claim 9, wherein the Enterovirus serotype is E30 and optionally, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises an amino acid sequence having at least 90% identity, at least 91%, at least 92%, at least 93%, at least 94%, at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, or at least 99% to the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 87 or wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 87.

17. The immunogenic composition of any one of claims 1-16, wherein the viral P1 precursor polyprotein comprises two or more capsid proteins and has a cleavage site specific for a viral protease between the two or more capsid proteins.

18. The immunogenic composition of claim 17, wherein the two or more capsid proteins comprise two or more of viral protein 0 (VP0), viral protein 1 (VP1), and viral protein 3 (VP3).

19. The immunogenic composition of claim 18, wherein VP0 further comprises viral protein 2 (VP2) and viral protein 4 (VP4), and wherein VP2 and VP4 comprise a cleavage site for capsid maturation.

20. The immunogenic composition of claim 1, wherein the subject is a human.

21. The immunogenic composition of claim 20, wherein the human is an infant.

22. The immunogenic composition of claim 17, wherein the capsid proteins form a protomer.

23. The immunogenic composition of claim 22, wherein the protomers form a pentamer.

24. The immunogenic composition of claim 23, wherein the pentamers form a virus-like particle (VLP).

25. The immunogenic composition of any one of claims 1-24, wherein mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor polyprotein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease (P1:3CD) are present in one of the following ratios: 20:1, 10:1, 8:1, 7:1, 5:1, 4:1, 3:1, 2:1, or 1:1.

26. The immunogenic composition of claim 25, wherein the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor protein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease is 10:1.

27. The immunogenic composition of claim 25, wherein the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor protein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease is 8:1.

28. The immunogenic composition of claim 25, wherein the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor protein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease is 4:1.

29. The immunogenic composition of claim 25, wherein the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor polyprotein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding Enterovirus 3C protease is 2:1.

30. The immunogenic composition of claim 25, wherein the ratio of mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor protein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease is 1:1.

31. The immunogenic composition of any one of claims 24-30, wherein the VLP comprises Neutralizing Immunogenic (NIm) sites.

32. The immunogenic composition of any one of claims 24-31, wherein the LNP comprises an ionizable amino lipid, a PEG-modified lipid, a structural lipid and a phospholipid.

33. The immunogenic composition of any one of claims 1-32, wherein the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor polyprotein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease are co-formulated in at least one LNP.

34. The immunogenic composition of any one of claims 1-32, wherein the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the viral P1 precursor polyprotein and the mRNA comprising the ORF encoding the Enterovirus 3C protease are each formulated in separate LNPs.

35. The immunogenic composition of any one of claims 1-34, wherein the LNP comprises an ionizable amino lipid, a sterol, neutral lipid, and a PEG-modified lipid.

36. The immunogenic composition of any one of claims 1-35, wherein the mRNA comprises at least one chemical modification.

37. The immunogenic composition of any one of claims 1-35, wherein the mRNA comprises at least one 1-methyl-pseudouridine.

38. The immunogenic composition of any one of claims 1-35, wherein all uridine residues in the mRNA sequence are replaced with 1-methyl-pseudouridine.

39. The immunogenic composition of claim 35, wherein the ionizable amino lipid has the structure:

or a salt thereof, wherein: R1 is selected from the group consisting of C5-30 alkyl, C5-20 alkenyl, and -R”M’R’; R₂ and R₃ are independently selected from the group consisting of C_1-14 alkyl and C_2-14 alkenyl; R4 is -(CH2)nQ, wherein Q is -OR, and n is selected from 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5; each R5 is H; each R₆ is H; M and M’ are independently selected from -C(O)O- and -OC(O)-; R7 is H; R is H; R’ is selected from the group consisting of C_1-18 alkyl and C_2-18 alkenyl; R” is selected from the group consisting of C3-14 alkyl and C3-14 alkenyl; and m is selected from 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, and 13.

40. A method comprising administering to a subject an immunogenic composition of any one of claims 1-39 in an effective amount for treating or delaying the onset of IBD or Crohn’s Disease in the subject.

41. A method of treating, or delaying the onset of, Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD) or Crohn’s Disease comprising administering to a subject an immunogenic composition comprising: (iii) a messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) comprising an open reading frame (ORF) encoding an Enterovirus protease; and (iv) a messenger ribonucleic acid (mRNA) comprising an ORF encoding a capsid polyprotein comprising a precursor protein, wherein the precursor protein comprises two or more capsid proteins and has a cleavage site specific for the protease between the two or more capsid proteins, in an amount effective to treat, or to delay the onset of, IBD or Chron’s Disease in the subject.

42. The method of claim 41, wherein the subject is a human, optionally an infant.

43. The method of claim 40, wherein the method comprises inducing an immune response, wherein the immune response comprises a binding antibody titer to a species of the Enterovirus genus.

44. The method of any one of claims 40-43, wherein the method comprises inducing an immune response, wherein the immune response includes a neutralizing antibody titer to a species of the Enterovirus genus.

45. The method of any one of claims 40-43, wherein the method comprises inducing an immune response, wherein the immune response includes a T cell response to a species of the Enterovirus genus.

46. The method of any one of claims 40-45, wherein the species of the Enterovirus is Echovirus 5 (E5), Echovirus 26 (E26, Enterovirus B75 (B75), Echovirus 6 (E6), Echovirus 11 (E11), Echovirus 18 (E18), and/or Echovirus 30 (E30).

47. The method of any one of claims 40-46, wherein the mRNA of (i) further comprise a composition comprising at least one LNP.

48. The method of any one of claims 40-46, wherein the mRNA of (ii) further comprises a composition comprising at least one LNP.

49. The method of claim 48, wherein the mRNA of (i) is administered to the subject at the same time as the mRNA of (ii).

50. The method of claim 40, wherein the mRNA of (i) and (ii) further comprise at least one LNP.

51. The method of claim 50, wherein the mRNA of (i) and (ii) further comprise two LNPs.